opan manual
TRANSCRIPT
OPICS
Analytics
User Guide
Confidentiality and Restrictions© 1991-2003 Misys International Banking Systems (White Plains) Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.All parts of this manual are the property of Misys International Banking Systems. No parts of this manual may be copied or reproduced in any manner whatsoever including mechanical or electronic media such as disk or tape. No part of this manual may be transmitted in any form by any means. It is against the law to copy the software on any medium except as specifically allowed in the license or non-disclosure agreement.Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of Misys International Banking Systems.
Contents
CONTENTS I
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1Analytics Module Overview...................................................................................................................... 2General Workbook Processing................................................................................................................4
CHAPTER 2 OPICS MAIN WORKBOOK 13OPXMAIN: OPICS Main Workbook......................................................................................................14OPXMAIN: Introduction........................................................................................................................ 16OPXMAIN: Settings.............................................................................................................................. 18OPXMAIN: Styles Worksheet...............................................................................................................20OPXMAIN: OPICS Dictionary...............................................................................................................24OPXMAIN: Client Dictionary.................................................................................................................26OPXMAIN: Combos............................................................................................................................. 27OPXMAIN: Navigator........................................................................................................................... 29OPXMAIN: Timers............................................................................................................................... 31OPXMAIN: Configuration...................................................................................................................... 33
CHAPTER 3 YIELD CURVES 35Introduction........................................................................................................................................... 36YCSS: Yield Curve Scenario Maintenance............................................................................................40YCSM: Yield Curve Shift Maintenance..................................................................................................42YCPX: Yield Curve Selection................................................................................................................46YCIQ: Yield Curve Inquiry.................................................................................................................... 49
CHAPTER 4 CASH FLOW SELECTION 55Introduction........................................................................................................................................... 56ACFS: Cash Flow Selection.................................................................................................................59ACFS: Cash Flow Selection.................................................................................................................61ACFS: Settings.................................................................................................................................... 73ACFS: Settlement Flow Selection..........................................................................................................75ACFS: Exposure Flow Selection............................................................................................................81ACFS: DropDown Values.....................................................................................................................90
CHAPTER 5 POSITION ANALYSIS 93Introduction........................................................................................................................................... 94ANCF: Cash Flow Analysis................................................................................................................... 95ANSF: Settlement Flow Analysis........................................................................................................106ANFE: Futures Equivalent Analysis....................................................................................................119ANFE: Futures Equivalent Position - Bond Equivalent.........................................................................120ANFE: Futures Equivalent Position - Euro Equivalent.........................................................................131ANFI: Fixed Income Analysis..............................................................................................................143ANFS: Fixed Income Statistics Analysis.............................................................................................155
Analytics Contents i
ANDL: Deposit/Loan Analysis.............................................................................................................167ANSR: Spot Risk Analysis..................................................................................................................177ANFX: Spot Risk Analysis (NPV)........................................................................................................187ANCG: Cumulative Gap Analysis........................................................................................................198ANEC: Euro Currency Consolidation Analysis.....................................................................................206ANFP: Foreign Exchange Position Analysis........................................................................................216ANCT: Cost to Close Analysis............................................................................................................236
CHAPTER 6 RISK REPORTING 247Introduction......................................................................................................................................... 248ANVR: Value at Risk.......................................................................................................................... 249ANVR: VaR Analysis.......................................................................................................................... 250ANVR: Mapping................................................................................................................................. 257ANVR: Convert File Base CCY...........................................................................................................261ANVR: Correlation and Volatility File Header......................................................................................264ANEX: Exposure Analysis..................................................................................................................268ANSA: Scenario Analysis................................................................................................................... 278ANTS: Tenor Sensitivity Analysis........................................................................................................291RPRA: FX Risk Position Report..........................................................................................................300RPRA: RbcRFXRP - Foreign Exchange Risk Position Report.............................................................303
CHAPTER 7 PRICERS 305Introduction......................................................................................................................................... 306PRFR: FRA Pricer.............................................................................................................................. 307PRFR: Euro Strip............................................................................................................................... 308PRFR: Pricer - Yield Curve.................................................................................................................318PRSW: Interest Rate Swap Pricer......................................................................................................326PRSW: Custom Interest Rate Swap...................................................................................................327PRSW: Standard Interest Rate Swap.................................................................................................342PRSW: Currency Interest Rate Swap.................................................................................................354PROT: OTC Pricer............................................................................................................................. 370PROT: OTC Currency Option Pricer...................................................................................................371PROT: OTC Bond Option Pricer.........................................................................................................377PROT: OTC Barrier Options Pricer.....................................................................................................382PRFX: Forward Point Pricer...............................................................................................................386PRFX: Pricer...................................................................................................................................... 387PRFX: Rates Through Points.............................................................................................................398PRCF: Cap, Floor and Collar Pricer....................................................................................................405PRES: Euro Strip Pricer.....................................................................................................................415PRFI: Fixed Income Pricer................................................................................................................. 418
CHAPTER 8 BATCH TASKS 439ANBM: Analytics Batch Manager Workbook.......................................................................................440
INDEX 443
ii Contents Analytics
Chapter 1 Introduction
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 1
Analytics Module Overview
IntroductionOPICS Analytics is a product module in the Operations Processing Integrated Control System (OPICS). This is the manual for OPICS Analytics.
OPICS Analytics is used to measure market and credit risks, to hedge financial exposures and to price financial instruments. Analytics is integrated with the OPICS transaction processing modules and uses the following:
OPICS database for cash flows and static data (e.g., financial calendars),
OPICS architecture routines for processing (e.g., database access, error handling, date calculations),
OPICS security and logging.
OPICS Analytics has pricing and risk management tools (integrated with OPICS front, middle and back-office processing) for use by the following:
Traders interested in pricing transactions, identifying hedging requirements or quantifying how moves in market rates affect positions,
Desk managers interested in evaluating aggregate positions across products and portfolios or measuring the level of aggregate risk undertaken by traders,
Risk managers interested in evaluating market and credit risk by product, trading desk or counterparty, within or across portfolios, for a branch or branches.
Microsoft Excel for Windows is the basis for the Analytics user interface.
Yield CurvesOPICS Analytics is used to define and generate yield curves and to maintain the contributing rates and prices (e.g., money market rates, futures prices, swap rates) used to construct yield curves.
Analytics also may be used to define parallel and non-parallel yield curve shifts and to create composite curves from the algebraic combination of existing curves. Yield curves may be generated on demand (based on the most current rates and prices available) in timed intervals (e.g., every 15 minutes) or overnight.
Cash FlowsCash flow selection is used to aggregate cash flows resulting from deals and positions maintained in OPICS. Simulated cash flows may be created and appended to an existing cash flow file. Cash flows are used in the Analytics position analyses and risk reports.
Position AnalysisAnalytics may be used to analyze exposures in the cash flow groups by valuing the cash flows against one or more yield curves. The following analyses may be performed:
Cash flow analysis,
Interest rate sensitivity analysis,
Futures equivalent position analysis,
2 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Fixed income position analysis,
Gap analysis.
The operator may define the tenor periods to which cash flows are bucketed, the methodology used to bucket the flows and the type of cash flows (known, unknown, all). Many analyses include DDE-based market rate feeds and both graphical and tabular results.
Risk ReportingOPICS Analytics runs reports of daily earnings at risk (DEaR) and value at risk (VaR), an analysis of counterparty credit exposure and a foreign exchange exposure analysis. DEaR and VaR are calculated using JP Morgan’s Risk Metrics™ methodology.
PricersPricers are used to value financial instruments.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 3
General Workbook Processing
IntroductionThis section describes the general use of OPICS Analytics workbooks.
SecurityAccess to OPICS Analytics can be controlled at the following levels:
Application,
Network,
Database.
OPICS controls only the application security level.
OPICS application security performs the following:
Validates operator id and password,
Encrypts security parameters,
Monitors password expiration,
Allows passwords to be revoked,
Logs database activity,
Reports signon attempts,
Limits task access by operator.
Analytics MenusThe drop-down menus available on all Analytics screens are described below.
The File Menu is used to open, close and save Analytics workbooks, access the Analytics Navigator and exit Analytics.
The Edit menu is used to copy and paste text in Analytics and to insert or delete worksheets in a specific workbook.
The View menu is used to increase the size of the Analytics display within the active window.
The Window menu is used to move between active workbooks.
The Help menu is used to display information about the following:
How to Use Help,
Workbook Contents,
Workbook Topic Search,
About OPICS (OPICS disclosure and license information),
About Workbook (workbook compile date and time).
4 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Drop Down Menus
Analytics NavigatorThe Analytics Navigator is used to access OPICS Analytics workbooks.
Analytics functions are displayed by category and category item, where the category is the type of function and the category item is the specific workbook (see below).
To access an Analytics workbook, select a category and select the workbook within the category. Select the Ok button. Analytics workbooks cannot be accessed from OPICS using Fast-path.
Standard Workbook SectionsThe top section of all Analytics workbook screens contains the title bar, the menu bar and the workbook header.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 5
The title bar contains the control menu, the workbook title (e.g., OPXMAIN.XLS) and the maximize, minimize and close buttons.
The menu bar contains the drop-down menus.
The workbook header displays the following:
Workbook title and description (e.g., OPXMAIN: OPICS Main Workbook),
OPICS branch,
Branch processing date,
Operator's user id.
The status bar is located at the bottom of the worksheet and displays task status messages.
Worksheet tabs are located above the status bar and allow the operator to navigate between worksheets within a workbook (see below).
Command buttons and Area navigation buttons are located below the workbook header. Area navigation buttons are used to move between areas of a worksheet. Command buttons are used to perform immediate actions. Common command buttons and their functions are:
6 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Button Function
Add Validates worksheet area ranges and adds displayed information to the database.
Clear Clears worksheet area ranges and displays the default values.
Delete Deletes the displayed record from the database.
Done Validates and calculates worksheet area ranges and adds or updates records on the database.
Get Gets a record from the database.
Update Validates worksheet area ranges and updates the record with the displayed information.
Select Flows Displays a screen containing valid cash flow files eligible for use within Analytics.
Run Analysis Validates worksheet ranges and starts the analysis
Graph Creates a graphic display of analysis results and moves to the graph area to display the graph. Graph is selected after an analysis is run.
Details Displays the details area and a list of the cash flows underlying a selected tenor maturity from an analysis area.
Print Prints the results from a specific area.
Common navigation buttons and their functions are:
Button Function
Analysis Displays the area of a worksheet where the analysis is performed.
Rates Displays the area of a worksheet where underlying rate information can be entered or linked to live rate feeds.
Yield curve Displays the area of a worksheet where underlying analysis yield curve information is displayed.
Summary Displays the area of a worksheet where analysis information may be aggregated.
Schedule Displays the schedule area.
Pricer Displays the Pricer area.
Worksheet command buttons are used to perform actions on an entire worksheet. Worksheet command buttons and their functions are:
Button Function
Copy Sheet Creates a new worksheet within a workbook by copying the information contained on the original worksheet.
Delete Sheet Deletes the currently active worksheet within the workbook.
Working in Multiple WorkbooksAnalytics may be used to run multiple analyses, pricers and static data workbooks at one time. WindowList in the Window menu allows the operator to move between multiple open workbooks.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 7
Saving a Custom WorkbookTo save custom workbooks to a local or network drive, select Save or Save as from the File menu.
Opening Custom WorkbooksOperators may open custom workbooks saved on a local or network drive. Open in the File menu locates and opens a custom workbook. To perform analytic functions in a custom workbook, the workbook must be opened while OPICS Analytics is running (i.e., OPXMAIN must be open).
Workbook ObjectsAnalytics workbook objects include drop-down menus, text boxes, drop-down boxes and command buttons.
Text boxes are highlighted when they are selected. The cursor is displayed in the selected object. When the maximum number of characters is entered in a text box, Analytics tabs to the next screen object.
Disabled objects cannot be selected. Data in disabled objects are displayed in the color specified for disabled text in the OPXMAIN Workbook Styles tab.
Drop-down Box
A drop-down box is a combination of a text box and list box. Information may be entered in the drop-down box by selecting an item from the list. For example, on the ANDL, Deposit/Loan Analysis workbook the Quote type drop-down box is displayed (see below).
8 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Text Box
A text box is an object used to enter or display data. The keyboard is used to enter data in a text box. For example, the Yield curve id range is a text box on the ANCF, Cash Flow Analysis workbook screen (see below).
Function KeysAnalytics uses function keys to access on-line help, text box look-up screens and the navigator. Function keys are assigned or amended using the OPXMAIN workbook. Default function keys are Ctrl + F1, Ctrl + F2 and Ctrl + F4.
Ctrl + F1 Function KeySelecting Ctrl+F1 displays help text for the selected workbook object. After Ctrl + F1 is selected, the Contents or Search buttons may be used to display other help text for the Analytics workbook.
Ctrl + F2 Function KeyCtrl + F2 displays a list of valid data for the selected screen object, if the select object has a look-up screen. For example, selecting Ctrl + F2 while the cursor is in the CCY range displays a list of currencies (see below).
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 9
The first time Ctrl + F2 is selected after signing on, the list of data is extracted from the OPICS database and saved on the operator's PC. Each subsequent time Ctrl + F2 is selected, the local PC data is displayed. The Refresh button may be used to extract the most current data from the database.
Selecting Ctrl + F2 when the cursor is in a date field displays the QDTE, Date Lookup screen (see below).
Signing Off AnalyticsTo sign off Analytics, select the File menu from any Analytics workbook, and select Exit (see below).
10 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Selecting Exit from the File menu displays the following message:
To save a custom workbook, select the Yes button and enter the name of the custom workbook. To exit Analytics select the No button for each open workbook. Signing off Analytics does not close OPICS. The operator must sign off OPICS from the OPICS window.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 11
Chapter 2 OPICS Main Workbook
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 13
OPXMAIN: OPICS Main Workbook
IntroductionThe OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook is the first workbook displayed when an operator runs Analytics. OPXMAIN may be used to edit and display general information about Analytics (e.g., settings, styles, configuration).
OPXMAIN Worksheets
Introduction
The Introduction worksheet is used to display icons for Analytics functions and to access the associated category items (worksheets) in the Analytics Navigator.
Settings
The Settings worksheet is used to specify the level of protection, the minimum timer, the paper size (e.g., letter, A4) and the keystrokes used to access the help, lookup and navigator functions in Analytics.
Styles
The Styles worksheet is used to format the color of different cell types and specify date and number formats for all Analytics workbooks.
OPICS Dictionary
The OPICS Dictionary worksheet is used to display and amend Analytics terminology. Specific literals or headings may be modified.
Client Dictionary
The Client Dictionary worksheet is used to create and amend Analytics terminology. Specific literals or headings may be created and/or amended.
Combos
The Combos worksheet is used to display text and values contained in Analytics drop-down boxes.
Navigator
The Navigator worksheet displays the workbooks that may be accessed from Analytics.
Timers
The Timers worksheet is used to set the time, in seconds, for the recalculation of Analytics pricers.
Configuration
The Configuration worksheet is used to display OPICS directory structure and information about the current branch.
14 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Starting OPICS Main WorkbookTo access the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook, select OPAN from the Analytics Menu, or use Fast-path.
Selecting OPXMAIN WorksheetsSelect one of the following tabs at the bottom of the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook:
Introduction,
Settings,
Styles,
OPICS Dictionary,
Client Dictionary,
Combos,
Navigator,
Timers,
Configuration.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 15
OPXMAIN: Introduction
IntroductionThe Introduction worksheet is used to display icons for Analytics functions and to access the associated category items (workbooks) in the Analytics Navigator.
Each icon accesses the workbooks for a different Analytics function. The following icons are displayed:
Yield Curves,
Cash Flows,
Position Analyses,
Risk Reports,
Pricers,
System Administration,
Exit.
Selecting an icon accesses the Analytics Navigator. The Navigator displays the specified category and the associated category items (workbooks).
Selecting the Exit icon closes OPICS Analytics.
Starting IntroductionTo access the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook, select OPAN from the Analytics Menu, or use Fast-path.
Select the Introduction tab at the bottom of the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook.
16 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Introduction Area Layout
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 17
OPXMAIN: Settings
IntroductionThe Settings worksheet is used to specify the level of protection, the minimum timer, the paper size (e.g., letter, A4) and the keystrokes used to access the help, lookup and navigator functions in Analytics.
The Settings worksheet may be amended by the OPICS System Administrator only.
Starting SettingsTo access the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook, select OPAN from the Analytics Menu, or use Fast-path.
Select the Settings tab at the bottom of the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook.
Settings Area
Settings Area Layout
Settings Area Ranges
Help
Optional. Alphanumeric.
18 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Help specifies the function key used to access Help. Help defaults to 'Ctrl + F1'.
Lookup
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Lookup specifies the function key used to access the lookup for the selected range. Lookup defaults to 'Ctrl + F2'.
Navigator
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Navigator specifies the function key used to access the Analytics Navigator. The Navigator is used to move between open workbooks. Navigator defaults to 'Ctrl + F4'.
Protection
Drop-down box.
Protection specifies the level of protection for the workbook. Valid protections are 'Strict', 'On' and 'Off'. If protection is 'Off', routines may be edited. Disabling workbook protection is not recommended.
Merge styles
Drop-down box.
Merge styles specifies whether style changes are applied to other workbooks. If 'Yes' is selected, styles apply to other workbooks. If 'No' is selected, styles apply only to the amended workbook.
Minimum timer (in sec.)
Required. Numeric.
Minimum timer (in sec.) specifies the minimum recalculation time for specific workbooks. If the interval time entered on the Timers worksheet is less than the minimum timer value, the recalculation time defaults to the minimum time.
Minimum timer (in sec.) defaults to '30'.
Paper size (default)
Drop-down box.
Paper size (default) specifies the default printer paper size. Valid paper sizes are 'Letter' and 'A4'.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 19
OPXMAIN: Styles Worksheet
IntroductionThe Styles worksheet is used to format the color of different cell types and specify date and number formats for all Analytics workbooks. The color of the cell type determines the level of protection (e.g., the information in a blue cell type is protected and cannot be amended).
The prefix 'Opxin' indicates the specified format applies to manually entered data. The prefix 'Opxout' indicates the format applies to data produced by Analytics.
Starting StylesTo access the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook, select OPAN from the Analytics Menu, or use Fast-path.
Select the Styles tab at the bottom of the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook.
Styles Area
Styles Area Layout
20 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Styles Area Ranges
OPXArea
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXArea is the selected color of the work area.
OPXButtonBar
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXButtonBar is the selected color of the button bar.
OPXHeadingArea
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXHeadingArea is the format of the heading area.
OPXHeadingRange
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXHeadingRange is the format of the range heading.
OPXHeadingWorkbook
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXHeadingWorkbook is the format of the workbook heading.
OPXInDate
Optional. Date format.
OPXInDate is the date format for entered dates.
OPXInFmat1-68
Optional. Numeric.
OPXInFmat1-68 identifies number formats for entered numbers.
OPXInText
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXInText is text manually entered in Analytics.
OPXInTextWrap
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXInTextWrap specifies that entered text wraps at the return.
OPXLiteralDateLeft
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 21
OPXLiteralDateLeft includes cells where the date is aligned at the left.
OPXLiteralLeft
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXLiteralLeft includes cells where entered dates and text are aligned at the left.
OPXLiteralRight
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXLiteralRight includes cells where entered dates and text are aligned at the right.
OPXLiteralCenter
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXLiteralCenter includes cells where entered dates and text are aligned in the center.
OPXOutDate
Optional. Date format.
OPXOutDate is the date format for dates produced by Analytics.
OPXOutFmat1-68
Optional. Numeric.
OPXOutFmat1-68 identifies formats for numbers produced by Analytics.
OPXOutText
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXOutText is text produced by Analytics.
OPXOutTextWrap
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXOutTextWrap specifies that text produced by Analytics wraps at the return.
OPXProtected
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXProtected specifies that data cannot be entered or the entered data is not valid.
OPXLiteralLeftWrap
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXLiteralLeftWrap includes cells where dates and text produced by Analytics are aligned at the left.
OPXLiteralRightWrap
Optional. Alphanumeric.
22 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
OPXLiteralRightWrap includes cells where dates and text produced by Analytics are aligned at the right.
OPXLiteralCenterWrap
Optional. Alphanumeric.
OPXLiteralCenterWrap includes cells where dates and text produced by Analytics are aligned in the center.
OPXOutTime
Optional. Time format.
OPXOutTime is the format of time produced by Analytics.
OPXInTime
Optional. Time format.
OPXInTime is the format of time produced by Analytics.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 23
OPXMAIN: OPICS Dictionary
IntroductionThe OPICS Dictionary worksheet is used to display Analytics terminology. Specific literals or headings may be modified.
Starting OPICS DictionaryTo access the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook, select OPAN from the Analytics Menu, or use Fast-path.
Select the OPICS Dictionary tab at the bottom of the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook.
OPICS Dictionary Area
OPICS Dictionary Area Layout
OPICS Dictionary Area Ranges
(Literals) Value
Optional. Alphanumeric.
(Literals) Value displays all literals used in Analytics.
24 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
(Headings) Value
Optional. Alphanumeric.
(Headings) Value displays all headings used in Analytics.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 25
OPXMAIN: Client Dictionary
IntroductionThe Client Dictionary worksheet is used to create and amend Analytics terminology. Specific literals or headings may be created and/or amended.
Operators may enter literals for custom workbooks using the Client Dictionary worksheet. The new workbook(s) must reference the Client Dictionary worksheet.
Client Dictionary Area Layout
Client Dictionary Area Ranges
(Literals) Value
Optional. Alphanumeric.
(Literals) Value displays all custom literals used in Analytics.
(Headings) Value
Optional. Alphanumeric.
(Headings) Value displays all custom headings used in Analytics.
26 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
OPXMAIN: Combos
IntroductionThe Combos worksheet is used to display the text and values contained in Analytics drop-down boxes.
Starting CombosTo access the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook, select OPAN from the Analytics Menu, or use Fast-path.
Select the Combos tab at the bottom of the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook.
Combos Area
Combos Area Layout
Combos Area Ranges
Combos Item
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Combos Item lists the names of all drop-down boxes.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 27
Combos Value
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Combos Value and the adjacent column lists the text and values in the drop-down boxes.
28 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
OPXMAIN: Navigator
IntroductionThe Navigator worksheet is used to display the workbooks that may be accessed from Analytics.
Starting NavigatorTo access the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook, select OPAN from the Analytics Menu, or use Fast-path.
Select the Navigator tab at the bottom of the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook.
Navigator Area
Navigator Area Layout
Navigator Area Ranges
Navigator Category
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Navigator Category displays the types of analyses that may be run. Valid analyses are:
Yield Curves,
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 29
Cash Flows,
Position Analyses,
Risk Reports,
Pricers.
Workbook
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Workbook displays the names of the workbooks in each category.
Workbook name
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Workbook name displays the mnemonic of the workbooks in each category.
Sheet name
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Sheet name displays the name of the worksheets in each workbook. Sheet names are displayed on tabs in the individual workbook.
Description
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Description displays a description of the workbook name.
30 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
OPXMAIN: Timers
IntroductionThe Timers worksheet is used to set the time, in seconds, for the recalculation of Analytics pricers.
Starting TimersTo access the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook, select OPAN from the Analytics Menu, or use Fast-path.
Select the Timers tab at the bottom of the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook.
Timers Area
Timers Area Layout
Timers Area Ranges
Interval (in sec.)
Optional. Numeric.
Interval (in sec.) is the amount of time between recalculations.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 31
Active Macro
Display only.
Active Macro indicates whether the timer is started. If the timer is started, Active Macro is entered. If the timer is not started, Active Macro is not entered.
Workbook name
Required. Alphanumeric.
Workbook name is the name of the workbook for which timed recalculations are performed.
Worksheet name
Required. Alphanumeric.
Worksheet name contains the names of the worksheets in the workbook for which timed recalculations are performed. Worksheet names are displayed on tabs in the individual workbook.
Macro name
Required. Alphanumeric.
Macro name is the name of the macro activated by the timer to perform recalculations for the specified workbook and worksheet.
Status
Display only.
Status is the status of the workbook being recalculated.
32 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
OPXMAIN: Configuration
IntroductionThe Configuration worksheet is used to display OPICS directory structure and information about the current branch.
Starting ConfigurationTo access the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook, select OPAN from the Analytics Menu, or use Fast-path.
Select the Configuration tab at the bottom of the OPXMAIN, OPICS Main Workbook.
Configuration Area
Configuration Area Layout
Configuration Area Display Ranges
Userid
Userid is the id of the operator signed on to OPICS.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 33
Branch
Branch identifies the current OPICS branch.
Branchname
Branchname is a name that describes the branch.
Bankname
Bankname is the name of the institution.
Datemask
Datemask is the format used to display and report dates in the specified OPICS branch.
Beepvalue
Beepvalue is a number that identifies the tone of the OPICS beep. Higher values have higher tones.
Beepvalue is a number between '0' and '999'.
Beepduration
Beepduration is the length of the OPICS beep. Higher values have longer tones.
Beepduration is a number between '0' and '99'.
Beepon
Beepon specifies whether the Analytics beep is on or off.
Systemname
Systemname is 'OPICS'.
Version
Version is the version of OPICS being used.
Deletetemp
Deletetemp specifies whether all temporary files created on the C drive of the operator's PC are deleted when the operator exits Analytics. '1' specifies temporary files are deleted. '0' specifies temporary files are not deleted.
A finite number of temporary files may be created. A temporary file is replaced with a new file when the operator repeats an Analytics task.
BrDate
BrDate is the current branch processing date.
Directories
Directories displays the names and paths of the OPICS directories.
34 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Chapter 3 Yield Curves
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 35
IntroductionA yield curve is a structure that relates yields-to-maturity to maturity periods. Yield curves are used in Analytics to calculate the present values of future flows and to value unknown flows (i.e., not fixed). Yield curves are used in Analytics pricing functions and position analyses.
OPICS creates yield curves from underlying contributing rates and prices. Yield curve data applies to FRAs, OTC Options, Futures, Exchange Traded Options, and Mark-to-market Swaps. OPICS can automatically update contributing rates and prices from market data providers (e.g., Reuters, Telerate).
36 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
OPICS Core Yield Curve TasksThe following diagram illustrates the yield curve tasks and the relationships between them. Refer to the Static Data Maintenance manual for further information about yield curves.
YCDFGenerate Discount
Factors
YCHD
Yield CurveHeader
YCRS
Yield CurveRate Structure
YCTN
Yield CurveTenor
Define YieldCurve Structure
YCIM
ContributingRates
Maintenance
YCRT
Closing RatesMaintenance
DefineContributing Rates
The static data screens used to create yield curves are described as follows:
The YCIM, Contributing Rate Information Maintenance screen is used to define the underlying rates and prices used to build yield curves (e.g., money market rates, swap rates).
The YCRT, Closing Rates Maintenance screen is used to define maturities and end of day/end of period interest rates or prices for the contributing rates defined on the YCIM, Contributing Rate Information Maintenance screen.
The YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen is used to maintain general information about a yield curve (e.g., curve type (swap or bond), interpolation method, and business day convention).
The YCRS, Yield Curve Rate Selection screen is used to create a yield curve by selecting individual contributing rates and maturities from the rate and maturities defined on the YCIM, Contributing Rate Information Maintenance screen.
The YCTN, Yield Curve Tenor Selection screen is used to select tenors (apart from tenors associated with a yield curve's contributing rate) for which discount factors and zero coupon rates are calculated.
The YCDF, Create Discount Factors screen is used to generate discount factors and zero coupon rates.
Refer to the Static Data Maintenance manual for further information about yield curve static data screens.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 37
The Analytics workbooks used to create yield curves are:
The YCSS, Yield Curve Scenario Maintenance workbook is used to create yield curve shift scenarios.
The YCSM, Yield Curve Shift Maintenance workbook is used to create new (shifted) yield curves by combining existing bond or swap curves with shift scenarios or other yield curves.
The YCPX, Yield Curve Selection workbook is used to generate discount factors for yield curves.
The YCIQ, Yield Curve Inquiry workbook is used to inquire on generated yield curves.
38 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Yield Curve Functions
Shift Scenarios
Interest rate risk is assessed based on changes to the contributing rates underlying the yield curves. The operator may define parallel or nonparallel yield curve shift scenarios and apply the scenarios to existing yield curves to create new, shifted curves.
Composite Curves
New yield curves may be created from an existing yield curve and a shift scenario, or from two existing yield curves using an algebraic formula defined by the operator. Discount factors for composite curves can be generated on demand or a timed basis.
Yield Curve Inquiry
Yield curves can be displayed as graphs or tables. The Analytics yield curve inquiry displays the maturity periods, dates, contributing rates (actual and interpolated), discount factors and zero rates calculated for the selected curve. The operator may graph contributing rates and zero rates. The yield curve inquiry also displays a forward adjustment of contributing rates for a period defined by the operator and calculates a new yield curve for the adjusted period. The adjusted curve is displayed as a graph.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 39
YCSS: Yield Curve Scenario Maintenance
IntroductionThe YCSS, Yield Curve Scenario Maintenance workbook is used to create yield curve shift scenarios. Shift scenarios may be combined with existing bond or swap curves to create new yield curves using the YCSM, Yield Curve Shift Maintenance workbook. The YCSS workbook displays default tenors that may be used to define parallel and nonparallel yield curve shifts. Default tenors can be updated. Basis points (shift vectors), are entered as positive or negative decimals (e.g., if the 1M tenor is shifted up ten basis points, '.10' is entered as a shift vector).
Starting Yield Curve Scenario MaintenanceTo access the YCSS, Yield Curve Scenario Maintenance workbook, select Yield Curves from the Navigator categories.
Select Shift Scenarios from the category items.
YCSS Area
YCSS Area Layout
40 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
YCSS Area Ranges
Branch
Required. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Branch is the branch in which the yield curve shift scenario is maintained. Branch identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Last maintenance date
Display only.
Last maintenance date is the date the data is entered or last changed.
Scenario id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Scenario id is the name of the yield curve shift scenario.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid scenario ids. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 40 characters.
Description is text that describes the scenario.
Tenors
Display only.
Tenors are maturity points for which rate shifts are entered. Tenors are displayed in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year), or as 'O/N', 'TOM' or 'SPOT'.
Tenors are maintained using the YCTN, Yield Curve Tenor Selection screen.
Shift vectors
Optional. Numeric, up to 2.2 digits.
Shift vectors indicate how rates at specific tenor points are shifted. A positive shift of 1 basis point is entered as '.01'.
Negative vectors must be entered with a negative (-) sign. Positive vectors do not require a positive (+) sign.
If a shift vector range is not entered, the range value is zero.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 41
YCSM: Yield Curve Shift Maintenance
IntroductionThe YCSM, Yield Curve Shift Maintenance workbook is used to create new (shifted) yield curves by combining existing bond or swap curves with shift scenarios or other yield curves. The YCPX, Create Discount Factors workbook is used to generate discount factors for the shifted curves.
A record is entered in the YCSM workbook for all bond and swap curves defined on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. The YCSM record is the base (unshifted) curve. Base curves have a shift sequence of '000'.
YCSM maintains scenario and spread yield curve shifts. A scenario shift is created from a specific swap or bond yield curve combined with a shift scenario entered in the YCSS, Yield Curve Scenario Maintenance workbook. A spread shift is created from a specific swap or bond yield curve combined with the another existing swap or bond yield curve entered on the YCHD screen.
Starting Yield Curve Shift MaintenanceTo access the YCSM, Yield Curve Shift Maintenance workbook, select Yield Curves from the Navigator categories.
Select Shift Maintenance from the category items.
YCSM Area
YCSM Area Layout
42 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
YCSM Area Ranges
Branch
Required. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Branch is the branch in which the yield curve is maintained. Branch identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Primary yield curve
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Primary yield curve is the yield curve combined with a shift scenario or another curve.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Shift type
Drop-down box.
Shift type specifies the type of shifted curve being maintained (C - Scenario or S - Spread curve).
A scenario shift is created from a specific swap or bond yield curve combined with a shift scenario entered in the YCSS, Yield Curve Scenario Maintenance workbook.
A spread shift is created from a specific swap or bond yield curve combined with the another existing swap or bond yield curve entered on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen.
Description
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 33 characters.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Scenario id
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 43
Scenario id is the name of the shift scenario that is combined with the primary yield curve to create the shifted yield curve.
Scenario id must be entered if Shift type is 'C – Scenario'.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid scenario ids. The data must be previously entered using the YCSS, Yield Curve Scenario Maintenance workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Yield curve id
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the base yield curve that is combined with the primary yield curve to create a new, shifted curve.
Yield curve id must be entered if Shift type is 'S - Spread curve'.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Expression
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 256 characters.
Expression is a Microsoft Excel formula used to define the algebraic relationship between the primary yield curve and the base yield curve (yield curve id).
The primary yield curve must be entered as 'yield1'. The base yield curve (yield curve id) must be entered as 'yield2'. For example:
= (yield1 + yield2)/2
Expression may be entered only if Shift type is 'C - Spread curve'.
Last maintenance date
Display only.
Last maintenance date is the date the data is entered or last changed.
44 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
YCPX: Yield Curve Selection
IntroductionThe YCPX, Yield Curve Selection workbook is used to generate discount factors for yield curves. The YCPX workbook displays yield curve static data and discount factor generation dates for all yield curves in a specific branch.
Discount factors may be recalculated using mid, bid or offered rates, and may be discounted to spot or the branch processing date.
Starting Yield Curve SelectionTo access the YCPX, Yield Curve Selection workbook, select Yield Curves from the Navigator categories.
Select Generation from the category items.
YCPX Area
YCPX Area Layout
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 45
YCPX Area Ranges
Branch
Required. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Branch is the branch in which the yield curve is maintained. Branch identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Mid
Optional. Alphanumeric, 1 character.
Mid specifies that discount factors are generated using mid rates entered on the YCRT, Closing Rates Maintenance screen. Enter 'X' in the Mid range to use mid rates.
Bid
Optional. Alphanumeric, 1 character.
Bid specifies that discount factors are generated using bid rates entered on the YCRT, Closing Rates Maintenance screen. Enter 'X' in the Bid range to use bid rates.
Offer
Optional. Alphanumeric, 1 character.
Offer specifies that discount factors are generated using offer rates entered on the YCRT, Closing Rates Maintenance screen. Enter 'X' in the Offer range to use offer rates.
Discount to Spot
Optional. Alphanumeric, 1 character.
Discount to Spot specifies that generated discount factors are discounted to spot (instead of the branch processing date).
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve.
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id is the name of the base yield curve that is combined with the primary yield curve to create a new, shifted curve.
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
46 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Shift type
Display only.
Shift type identifies the shifted curve as B (base), C (scenario) or S (spread).
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Date
Display only.
Date is the date the discount factors are calculated.
Time
Display only.
Time is the time the discount factors are last calculated.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 47
YCIQ: Yield Curve Inquiry
IntroductionThe YCIQ, Yield Curve Inquiry workbook is used to inquire on generated yield curves. The Yield Curve Inquiry displays static data and calculated yield curve values. Rate information displayed includes contributing market rates, discount factors, zero coupon rates and a forward rate calculated based on a designated maturity entered in the inquiry. The inquiry also specifies the tenors that have discount factors and zero coupon rates calculated from interpolated rates. The Graph area displays the same yield curve graphically.
Starting Yield Curve InquirySelect YCIQ, Yield Curve Inquiry from the Navigator.
Yield Curve Inquiry Area
Yield Curve Inquiry Area Layout
Yield Curve Inquiry Area Ranges
Branch
Required. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
48 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Branch is the branch in which the yield curve is maintained. Branch identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve for which the inquiry is run.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Date
Optional. Date format.
Date is the date the discount factors are calculated.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Shift type
Display only.
Shift type identifies the shifted curve as B (base), C (scenario) or S (spread).
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 49
Scenario/curve id
Display only.
Scenario/curve id is the identifier of the shift scenario yield curve that is combined with the specified yield curve to create the shifted curve.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Forward period
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Forward period specifies a term (in months) for which a forward rate is calculated, or a term for which the yield curve may be shifted forward in time. Forward period is entered in the format 'nnM', where nn is the number of months. Forward period defaults to '1M'.
Interpolated
Display only.
Interpolated indicates whether the discount factors and zero coupon rates are based on interpolated values. 'Y' indicates discount factors and zero coupon rates are based on interpolated values. 'N' indicates discount factors and zero coupon rates are not based on interpolated values.
Maturity
Display only.
Maturity is the maturity period of the discount factor and zero coupon rate. Maturity is displayed in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of months or years and X is M (months) or Y (years), or as 'O/N', 'TOM' or 'SPOT'. Records with no maturity are futures contracts.
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate for a specific tenor.
Contributing rate
Display only.
Contributing rate is the rate used to calculate the discount rate and zero coupon rate for a specific maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Display only.
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
50 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Discount factor
Display only.
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Forward rate
Display only.
Forward rate is the rate calculated for the forward period.
Yield curve
Display only.
Yield curve is a forward rate calculated from the date of the first maturity record plus the term in the Forward period range for a term equal to the term in the maturity column. The yield curve is shifted forward by the Forward period term.
YCIQ Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a graphic representation of the selected yield curve(s). Graph formats may be amended and graphs may be printed. The graph displays the contributing rate curve, zero coupon rate curve and the forward rate curve.
YCIQ Graph Area Layout
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 51
YCIQ: ButtonsThe YCIQ, Yield Curve Inquiry screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the YCIQ screen.
Processing Buttons
Inquiry
The Inquiry button is used to run an inquiry. To run an inquiry, select the Inquiry button. For the graph area, select the Inquiry button to display the Yield Curve Inquiry area.
Chart Type
The Chart Type button is used to select a different graph format.
52 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Chapter 4 Cash Flow Selection
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 53
IntroductionAnalytics cash flow selection is used to select and group cash flows created from deals and positions processed in OPICS. Cash flows may be entered in Analytics position analyses and risk reports.
Cash flows may be selected for market risk analysis (cash flows are entered in position analyses and value at risk), settlement exposures (settlement flows are entered in the settlement flow analysis) and counterparty credit exposures (cash flows are entered in the credit risk report). The operator may create hypothetical cash flows and add the hypothetical cash flows to a selected group of actual cash flows.
Cash flow selection search criteria are entered in SQL statements. The SQL statements select deals and positions from the OPICS database and generate the cash flows based on the search criteria. Cash flows are saved in ASCII files. Search criteria can be saved and re-run to update cash flow files with the current deal and position information.
Cash flows may be selected across OPICS product modules, branches and currencies. A deal or position may be included in more than one cash flow groups. Search criteria for market exposures may include any combination of the following:
Branch,
Currency,
Product code,
Product type,
Deal number,
Cost center,
Trader,
Portfolio,
Security ID,
Customer,
Value date,
Maturity date,
Settlement date,
Deal status,
Contract code,
Investment type,
Deal date,
Counter currency,
Rate code,
Option type.
Market exposure cash flows include both 'known' and 'unknown' flows. Known flows have fixed cash flow amounts (e.g., a coupon payment on a fixed coupon bond). Unknown flows have cash flow amounts that are not fixed (e.g., a payment on the floating leg of a swap where the floating rate is not defined).
54 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Credit exposure search criteria include deal/position specific criteria and any combination of the following customer/issuer specific criteria:
Customer,
Customer group,
Country of ultimate risk,
Country of residency,
Industry code,
Credit rating,
Credit rating agency,
Rating currency,
Rating term.
A settlement flow record is created on demand using the ACFS, Analytics Settlement Flow Selection Tab for each OPICS deal (security) which is not reversed, which matures (or settles or expires) after the current branch processing date, and which meets the specified deal selection criteria listed below:
Branch,
Currency,
Product Code,
Product Type,
Deal Number,
Cost Center,
Trader,
Portfolio,
Settlement Means,
Settlement Account,
Security Identifier,
Customer,
Customer Group,
Accounting Type,
Value Date,
Maturity Date,
Settlement Date,
Deal Status,
Contract Code,
Investment Type,
Deal Date,
Counter Currency,
Rate Code,
Option Type.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 55
Once the records are selected from OPICS based on specified criteria, they are aggregated by similar attributes and added to a sequential file.
56 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ACFS: Cash Flow Selection
IntroductionThe ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook is used to generate cash flows from selected OPICS deals and positions. The cash flows generated by ACFS are saved in ASCII files and are entered in Analytics analyses. ACFS can generate cash flows from deals and positions across OPICS modules (excluding Foreign Currency Drafts, FX Teller, Equities and Precious Metals).
Cash flow records are generated from OPICS based on the selection criteria defined on the ACFS, Analytics Cash Flow Selection worksheet.
The selection criteria result in SQL select statements that may be amended to further limit the cash flow selection (e.g., CCY = 'USD' OR CCY = 'DEM').
The cash flow records selected from the OPICS database are sorted by financial instrument in the order the instruments are displayed on the Cash Flow Selection worksheet. The records are written to a sequential file.
Saving the information entered in the ACFS workbook allows the operator to rerun the cash flow selection using the same selection criteria (this is useful if the same cash flow selection is run repeatedly).
ACFS Worksheets
Cash Flow Selection
The Cash Flow Selection worksheet is used to specify selection criteria to extract cash flows for market risk analysis, and to create hypothetical 'known' cash flows to add to previously generated cash flow files.
Settings
The Settings worksheet is used to specify how cash flows are selected (from deals or positions) and to indicate whether cash flows are adjusted for withholding tax.
Exposure Flow Selection
The Exposure Flow Selection worksheet is used to select credit exposure flows from OPICS modules:
DropDown Values
The DropDown Values worksheet is used to add or amend the values displayed in the Operator drop-down box on the Criteria Selection screen. The operator values are used by both the Cash Flow Selection and Exposure Flow Selection worksheets.
Starting Cash Flow SelectionTo access the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook, select Cash Flows from the Navigator categories. Select Market Exposures from the category items.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 57
Selecting ACFS WorksheetsSelect one of the following tabs at the bottom of the ACFS, Analytics Cash Flow Selection workbook:
Cash Flow Selection,
Settings,
Exposure Flow Selection,
DropDown values.
58 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ACFS: Cash Flow Selection
IntroductionThe Cash Flow Selection worksheet is used to specify selection criteria to extract cash flows for market risk analysis, and to create hypothetical 'known' cash flows to add to previously generated cash flow files. The Cash Flow Selection worksheet contains the following areas:
Cash Flow Selection,
Simulated Flows.
The Cash Flow Selection area is used to specify selection criteria. The Simulated Flows area is used to create hypothetical cash flows and add the hypothetical flows to cash flow files.
Selection criteria for a specified financial instrument are entered using 'and' conditions (e.g., currency = 'chf' and portfolio = 'hedge').
Cash flows are generated based on the combination of the operator statements and values entered on the Criteria Selection screen. The Criteria Selection screen is accessed by selecting the Edit Cell button in the Cash Flow Selection area of the Cash Flow Selection worksheet.
SQL statements are created when a cash flow selection query is run based on the specified selection criteria. The SQL statement may be amended using the QSQL screen. The QSQL screen is accessed by selecting the Edit Query button in the Cash Flow Selection area of the Cash Flow Selection worksheet.
Starting Cash Flow SelectionTo access the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection worksheet, select Cash Flows from the Navigator categories. Select Market Exposures from the category items.
Select the Cash Flow Selection tab at the bottom of the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 59
Cash Flow Selection Area
Cash Flow Selection Area Layout
Cash Flow Selection Area Ranges
Cash flow file name
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing cash flows generated from specific selection criteria. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. If a cash flow file name is not entered, a default file name is assigned. Default file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow file names. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 256 characters.
Description is text that describes the cash flow file.
Instrument
Buttons.
The Instrument buttons specify the OPICS modules for which selection criteria are entered and from which cash flows are selected. Selection criteria may be entered only for selected instruments. When an instrument button is selected, the cash flows for that module are selected.
60 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Branch
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Branch is the branch or branches from which cash flows are selected. Branch identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
CCY
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency or currencies for which cash flows are selected.
For Foreign Exchange, OTC and Internal Deals, CCY may be the currency or the counter currency of the original deal.
For other instruments, CCY is the currency of the original deal.
Product code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 6 characters.
Product code identifies the product module (e.g., 'DPNL' identifies the Deposits and Loans module).
The combination of product code and product type identifies the specific product (instrument) for which cash flows are selected.
Product type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Product type identifies the products within the product module (e.g., 'TD' identifies time deposits in the Deposits and Loans module).
The combination of product code and product type identifies the specific product (instrument) for which cash flows are selected.
Deal number
Optional. Numeric, up to 7 digits.
Deal number is the number of the deal. If a deal number(s) is entered, cash flows are selected only for the specified deal.
Cost center
Optional. Numeric, up to 10 digits.
Cost center is the cost center associated with the deal for which cash flows are selected. Cost center is the department or profit center used to post the deal accounting debit and credit entries to the general ledger.
Trader
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Trader is the trader who makes the deal. Trader is not a valid criterion for Fixed Income or Fees cash flow selection.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 61
Portfolio
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Sec id
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 20 characters.
Sec id is a security identifier for bonds and commodities. Sec id is a valid criterion only for Fixed Income and OTC cash flow selection.
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made. For Fixed Income deals, Customer is the issuer of the security.
Customer group
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer group is a name that identifies a group of customers.
Customer groups are maintained using the CRGM, Credit Group Maintenance screen.
Accounting type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Accounting type identifies a customer or security for general ledger posting purposes.
Value date
Optional. Date format.
For Fixed Income, Value date is the date securities are delivered/received and funds are settled.
For Foreign Exchange, OTC Options and Internal Deals, Value date is the settlement date of the deal.
For Swaps, Deposits and Loans, Caps and Floors, FRAs and Swap Options, Value date is the first day of the term of the deal.
For Call and Notice and Fees, Value date is the date funds are paid or received.
For Repos, Value date is the date securities are received and funds are delivered (repo purchase), or the date securities are delivered and funds are received (repo sale).
For Financial Futures and Exchange Traded Options, Value date is not a valid selection criterion.
Maturity date
Optional. Date format.
For Fixed Income, Maturity date is the date the security matures.
For OTC Options, Exchange Traded Options and Swap Options, Maturity date is the expiration date of the deal.
62 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
For Swaps, Deposits and Loans and Caps and Floors, Maturity date is the settlement date of the deal.
For Futures maturity date is the delivery date.
For Repos, Maturity date is the date the repo buy/sell matures. For a repo sale, the value date is the date securities are received and principal plus interest is delivered. For a repo purchase, the value date is the date securities are delivered and principal plus interest is received. Maturity date is the 'off' date of the repo.
For Foreign Exchange, Internal Deals, Fees, Call and Notice and FRAs, Maturity date is not a valid selection criterion.
Settle date
Optional. Date format.
For Fixed Income, Deposits and Loans, Swaps, FRAs and Caps and Floors, Settle date is the interest, coupon and/or principal payment date.
For OTC Options, Swap Options and Caps and Floors, Settle date is the date the premium settles.
For Swaps, Deposits and Loans and Caps and Floors, Settle date is the date the deal settles.
For Foreign Exchange, Fees, Financial Futures, Exchange Traded Options, Call and Notice, Internal Deals and Repos, Settle date is not a valid selection criterion.
Deal status
Optional. Numeric, 1 digit.
Deal status is used to exclude verified or unverified deals from the cash flow selection. If '1' is entered, only verified deals are included in the cash flow selection. If '0' is entered, only unverified deals are included in the cash flow selection. If Deal status is not entered, both verified and unverified deals are included in the cash flow selection.
Contract code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Contract code identifies the future or exchange traded option included in the cash flow selection.
Contract code must be previously entered on the FCON, Financial Futures Contract Maintenance screen.
Investment type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Investment type is the purpose and accounting treatment for a Fixed Income position.
The following are valid Investment types:
H Hold to Maturity,
T Trading,
S Short,
A Available for Sale,
I Issue.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 63
Deal date
Optional. Date format.
Deal date is the date the deal is made.
Counter CCY
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Counter CCY is the currency or currencies for which cash flows are selected.
For Foreign Exchange, OTC and Internal Deals, Counter CCY may be the currency or the counter currency of the original deal.
Rate code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the rate source, rate type, and designated maturity of the interest rate.
Option type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Option type identifies a group of options that may be entered as OPICS deals. Valid option types are:
FX OTC Foreign Exchange options,
FI OTC Fixed Income options.
Global values
Optional.
The Global values row is used to apply selection criteria to all selected instruments (excluding instruments for which specific selection criteria are entered).
Starting Criteria SelectionTo access the Criteria Selection screen, select the Edit Cell button in the Cash Flow Selection area of the Cash Flow Selection worksheet.
Criteria Selection Screen Layout
64 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Criteria Selection Screen Fields
Operator
Drop-down box.
Operator is used to enter a value to which OPICS data is compared for the cash flow selection (e.g., Cost Center > '3' specifies that all cash flows with a cost center greater than 3 are selected from OPICS). Valid operands are:
= 'value',
<> 'value',
> 'value',
>= 'value',
< 'value',
<= 'value',
in ('value','value','value'),
not in ('value','value','value'),
between 'value' and 'value',
not between 'value' and 'value',
like 'value%',
not like 'value%',
like '%value',
not like '%value',
like '%value%',
not like '%value%',
like,
not like,
is null,
is not null.
Or
Button.
The Or button is used to specify criteria of which only one condition must be met.
Values
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 250 characters.
Values are the specific selection criteria. Values may be entered or selected using the Lookup button.
Lookup
Button.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 65
The Lookup button is used to display a list of valid values. To enter an item into the Values field, select it from the list.
Paste value
Button.
The Paste value button is used to enter a specified operator value (enclosed in single quotation marks) into the Expression field.
Undo paste
Button.
The Undo paste button is used to remove a pasted value from the Expression field.
Expression
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 250 characters.
Expression contains all operators and values for the cash flow selection.
Expression may be entered directly or from the information entered in Operator and Values.
Starting QSQLTo access the QSQL screen, select the Edit Query button in the Cash Flow Selection area of the Cash Flow Selection worksheet.
QSQL Screen Layout
66 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Simulated Flows Area
Simulated Flows Area Layout
Simulated Flows Area Ranges
Cash flow file name
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the simulated cash flows. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. If a cash flow file name is not entered, a default file name is assigned. Default file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 256 characters.
Description is text that describes the simulated cash flow file.
Branch
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Branch is the branch from which the cash flow is selected. Branch identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the simulated cash flow.
Instrument
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 67
Instrument identifies the OPICS module associated with the simulated cash flow. The following are valid instruments:
ACCT Call and Notice
CPFL Caps and Floors
DLDT Deposits and Loans
ETDH Exchange Traded Options
FEES Fees
FFDH Financial Futures
SECM Fixed Income and Repo
FXDH Foreign Exchange
FRDT Forward Rate Agreements
FXIH Internal Deals
OTDT OTC Options
SWDH Swaps and Swap Options
Payment date
Required. Date format.
Payment date is the date the amount of the simulated cash flow settles.
Payment amount
Required. Numeric, up to 13.2 digits.
Payment amount is the amount of the simulated cash flow.
Cost center
Optional. Numeric, up to 10 digits.
Cost center is the cost center associated with the simulated cash flow. Cost center is the department or profit center used to post the deal accounting debit and credit entries to the general ledger.
Trader
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Trader is the trader who makes the deal.
Portfolio
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Sec id
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 20 characters.
Sec id is a security identifier for bonds and commodities.
68 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made. For Fixed Income deals, Customer is the issuer of the security.
Value date
Optional. Date format.
For Fixed Income, Value date is the date securities are delivered/received and funds are settled.
For Foreign Exchange, OTC Options and Internal Deals, Value date is the settlement date of the deal.
For Swaps, Deposits and Loans, Caps and Floors, FRAs and Swap Options, Value date is the first day of the term of the deal.
For Call and Notice and Fees, Value date is the date funds are paid or received.
For Repos, Value date is the date securities are received and funds are delivered (repo purchase), or the date securities are delivered and funds are received (repo sale).
For Financial Futures and Exchange Traded Options, Value date is not a valid selection criterion.
Maturity date
Optional. Date format.
For Fixed Income, Maturity date is the date the security matures.
For OTC Options, Exchange Traded Options and Swap Options, Maturity date is the expiration date of the deal.
For Swaps, Deposits and Loans and Caps and Floors, Maturity date is the settlement date of the deal.
For Futures, Maturity date is the delivery date.
For Repos, Maturity date is the date the repo buy/sell matures. For a repo sale, the value date is the date securities are received and principal plus interest is delivered. For a repo purchase, the value date is the date securities are delivered and principal plus interest is received. Maturity date is the 'off' date of the repo.
For Foreign Exchange, Internal Deals, Fees, Call and Notice and FRAs, Maturity date is not a valid selection criterion.
Settlement date
Optional. Date format.
For Fixed Income, Deposits and Loans, Swaps, FRAs and Caps and Floors, Settlement date is the interest, coupon and/or principal payment date.
For OTC Options, Swap Options and Caps and Floors, Settlement date is the date the premium settles.
For Swaps, Deposits and Loans and Caps and Floors, Settlement date is the date the deal settles.
For Foreign Exchange, Fees, Financial Futures, Exchange Traded Options, Call and Notice, Internal Deals and Repos, Settlement date is not a valid selection criterion.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 69
Contract code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Contract code defines the future or exchange traded option included or excluded from the cash flow selection.
Contract code must be previously entered on the FCON, Financial Futures Contract Maintenance screen.
Investment type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Investment type is the purpose and accounting treatment for a Fixed Income position.
The following are valid Investment types:
H Hold to Maturity,
T Trading,
S Short,
A Available for Sale,
I Issue.
Rate code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the rate source, rate type, and designated maturity of the interest rate.
Option type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Option type identifies a group of options that may be entered as OPICS deals. The following are valid Option types:
FX OTC Foreign Exchange options
FI OTC Fixed Income options
70 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ACFS: Settings
IntroductionThe Settings worksheet is used to specify how cash flows are selected (from deals or positions) and to indicate whether cash flows are adjusted for withholding tax.
Starting SettingsTo access the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection worksheet, select Cash Flows from the Navigator categories. Select Market Exposures from the category items.
Select the Settings tab at the bottom of the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook.
Settings Area
Settings Area Layout
Settings Area Ranges
Foreign exchange selection by
Drop-down box.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 71
Foreign exchange selection by specifies whether foreign exchange cash flows are generated from foreign exchange positions or from individual deals.
Financial Futures selection by
Drop-down box.
Financial Futures selection by specifies whether financial futures cash flows are generated from financial futures positions or from individual deals.
Adjust Fixed Income flows for withholding tax
Drop-down box.
Adjust Fixed Income flows for withholding tax specifies whether Fixed Income cash flows are adjusted for withholding tax.
Include Call and Notice account balance
Drop-down box.
Include Call and Notice account balance specifies whether the cash flow file includes call and notice balances.
Include Foreign Exchange Net Settlements
Drop-down box
The Include Foreign Exchange Net Settlements drop down box is used to control the inclusion/exclusion of the Cost center, Trader, Portfolio, Deal date, Deal status and Counter CCY filters for the Foreign Exchange row on the ACFS, Settlement Flow Selection Tab screen.
Valid entries are 'YES' and 'NO'. If 'YES' is selected, Cost center, Trader, Portfolio, Deal date, Deal status and Counter CCY cannot be entered on the Foreign Exchange row on the ACFS, Settlement Flow Selection Tab screen. If 'NO' is selected, Cost center, Trader, Portfolio, Deal date, Deal status, and Counter CCY cannot be entered and Foreign Exchange Net Settlement Cash Flows is not selected.
72 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ACFS: Settlement Flow Selection
IntroductionThe ACFS, Settlement Flow Selection worksheet is used to select cash flows from the following OPICS modules:
Fixed Income (purchase/sale amounts, redemption amounts, coupon flows - these flows are selected by position only),
Repurchase Agreements (value date amounts, maturity date amounts, coupon flows - these flows are selected by position only),
Foreign Exchange (currency amounts, counter currency amounts - these flows are selected by deal only),
Financial Futures/Exchange Traded Options (broker cash entries, variation margin payments),
OTC Options (premium amounts),
Fees (fee amount),
Swaps (interest flows, principal exchanges),
Deposits and Loans (principal and interest payments),
Forward Rate Agreements (settlement amount),
Swap Options (interest flows, principal exchanges, premium amounts),
Caps and Floors (interest flows, principal exchanges, premium amounts),
Call and Notice (deposits and withdrawals).
Cash flows selected from the Settlement Flow Selection worksheet can be displayed in the ANSF, Settlement Analysis workbook only.
Starting Settlement Flow SelectionTo access the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection worksheet, select Cash Flows from the Navigator categories. Select Market Exposures from the category items.
Select the Settlement Flow Selection tab at the bottom of the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 73
Settlement Flow Selection Area
Settlement Flow Selection Area Layout
Settlement Flow Selection Area Ranges
Settlement flow file name
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Settlement flow file name is the name of the file containing settlement flows generated from specific selection criteria. Settlement flow file name includes the location and name of the file. If a settlement flow file name is not entered, a default file name is assigned. Default file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow file names. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 256 characters.
Description is text that describes the settlement flow file.
Instrument
Buttons.
The Instrument buttons are used to specify the OPICS modules for which selection criteria are entered and from which cash flows are selected. Selection criteria may be entered only for selected instruments. When an instrument button is selected, the cash flows for that module are selected.
74 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Branch
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Branch is the branch or branches from which cash flows are selected. Branch identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
CCY
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency or currencies for which cash flows are selected.
For Foreign Exchange, OTC and Internal Deals, CCY may be the currency or the counter currency of the original deal.
For other instruments, CCY is the currency of the original deal.
Product code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 6 characters.
Product code identifies the product module (e.g., 'DPNL' identifies the Deposits and Loans module).
The combination of product code and product type identifies the specific product (instrument) for which cash flows are selected.
Product type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Product type identifies the products within the product module (e.g., 'TD' identifies time deposits in the Deposits and Loans module).
The combination of product code and product type identifies the specific product (instrument) for which cash flows are selected.
Deal number
Optional. Numeric, up to 7 digits.
Deal number is the number of the deal. If a deal number(s) is entered, cash flows are selected only for the specified deal.
Cost center
Optional. Numeric, up to 10 digits.
Cost center is the cost center associated with the deal for which cash flows are selected. Cost center is the department or profit center used to post the deal accounting debit and credit entries to the general ledger.
Trader
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Trader is the trader who makes the deal. Trader is not a valid criterion for Fixed Income or Fees cash flow selection.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 75
Portfolio
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Settlement means
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Settlement means specifies how the payment is sent from or received by the bank. S.W.I.F.T. formatted messages are generated for settlement means 'NOS', assuming local settlement systems can process messages in S.W.I.F.T. format.
Settlement account
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 15 characters.
Settlement account identifies the account associated with the settlement means.
Nostro accounts are maintained on the NOST, Nostro Accounts screen. The nostro account currency must equal the payment currency.
External accounts other than nostro accounts are maintained on the SETA, Settlement Accounts screen. The settlement account is validated if validation is selected on the SETM, Settlement Means Information screen.
Call and notice accounts are maintained on the ACCT, Account Information screen. The settlement account is validated if 'CN' is selected on the SETM screen.
Sec id
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 20 characters.
Sec id is a security identifier for bonds and commodities. Sec id is a valid criterion for Fixed Income and OTC Option cash flow selection only.
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made. For Fixed Income deals, Customer is the issuer of the security.
Customer group
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer group is a name that identifies a group of customers.
Customer groups are maintained using the CRGM, Credit Group Maintenance screen.
Accounting type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Accounting type identifies a customer or security for general ledger posting purposes.
Value date
Optional. Date format.
76 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
For Fixed Income, Value date is the date securities are delivered/received and funds are settled.
For Foreign Exchange, OTC Options and Internal Deals, Value date is the settlement date of the deal.
For Swaps, Deposits and Loans, Caps and Floors, FRAs and Swap Options, Value date is the first day of the term of the deal.
For Call and Notice and Fees, Value date is the date funds are paid or received.
For Repos, Value date is the date securities are received and funds are delivered (repo purchase), or the date securities are delivered and funds are received (repo sale).
For Financial Futures and Exchange Traded Options, Value date is not a valid selection criterion.
Maturity date
Optional. Date format.
For Fixed Income, Maturity date is the date the security matures.
For OTC Options, Exchange Traded Options and Swap Options, Maturity date is the expiration date of the deal.
For Swaps, Deposits and Loans and Caps and Floors, Maturity date is the settlement date of the deal.
For Futures maturity date is the delivery date.
For Repos, Maturity date is the date the repo buy/sell matures. For a repo sale, the value date is the date securities are received and principal plus interest is delivered. For a repo purchase, the value date is the date securities are delivered and principal plus interest is received. Maturity date is the 'off' date of the repo.
For Foreign Exchange, Internal Deals, Fees, Call and Notice and FRAs, Maturity date is not a valid selection criterion.
Settle date
Optional. Date format.
For Fixed Income, Deposits and Loans, Swaps, FRAs and Caps and Floors, Settle date is the interest, coupon and/or principal payment date.
For OTC Options, Swap Options and Caps and Floors, Settle date is the date the premium settles.
For Swaps, Deposits and Loans and Caps and Floors, Settle date is the date the deal settles.
For Foreign Exchange, Fees, Financial Futures, Exchange Traded Options, Call and Notice, Internal Deals and Repos, Settle date is not a valid selection criterion.
Deal status
Optional. Numeric, 1 digit.
Deal status is used to exclude verified or unverified deals from the cash flow selection. If '1' is entered, only verified deals are included in the cash flow selection. If '0' is entered, only unverified deals are included in the cash flow selection. If Deal status is not entered, both verified and unverified deals are included in the cash flow selection.
Contract code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 77
Contract code identifies the future or exchange traded option included in the cash flow selection.
Contract code must be previously entered on the FCON, Financial Futures Contract Maintenance screen.
Investment type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Investment type is the purpose and accounting treatment for a Fixed Income position.
The following are valid Investment types:
H Hold to Maturity,
T Trading,
S Short,
A Available for Sale,
I Issue.
Deal date
Optional. Date format.
Deal date is the date the deal is made.
Counter CCY
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Counter CCY is the currency or currencies for which cash flows are selected.
For Foreign Exchange, OTC and Internal Deals, Counter CCY may be the currency or the counter currency of the original deal.
Rate code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the rate source, rate type, and designated maturity of the interest rate.
Option type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Option type identifies a group of options that may be entered as OPICS deals. Valid option types are:
FX OTC Foreign Exchange options,
FI OTC Fixed Income options.
Global values
Optional.
The Global values row is used to apply selection criteria to all selected instruments (excluding instruments for which specific selection criteria are entered).
78 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ACFS: Exposure Flow Selection
IntroductionThe Exposure Flow Selection worksheet is used to select credit exposure flows from the following OPICS modules:
Deposits and Loans (asset deals),
Call and Notice,
Foreign Exchange,
Fixed Income,
Repurchase Agreements,
Forward Rate Agreements,
Swaps,
Swap Options (purchased deals, sold putable deals or sold put/call deals that settle as swap deals when exercised),
OTC Options (purchased deals),
Caps and Floors (purchased deals).
An exposure flow contains information about the OPICS deal from which credit equivalent and gross exposure can be calculated. For fixed income deals, an exposure flow contains information about the security inventory positions generated from the deals from which credit equivalent and gross exposure can be calculated. Refer to the Customer Credit manual for further information about credit equivalent and gross exposure.
An exposure flow record is created for each OPICS deal or security that is not reversed, matures after the current branch processing date and meets the specified selection criteria. Selection criteria may include any combination of the following:
Branch,
Currency,
Product code,
Product type,
Start date,
Maturity date,
Customer.
Customer may be an individual customer or all customers who meet the specified customer attributes. Customer attributes are:
Customer group id,
Country of ultimate risk,
Country of residence,
Standard industry code,
Credit rating.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 79
Customer attributes apply to all selected modules. Customer attributes cannot be overridden for an individual module.
Exposure flows can be created for specific instruments by selecting the appropriate Instrument button. To apply selection criteria to all designated instruments enter the criteria in the global values row. Selection criteria specific to an instrument are entered in the row for that instrument. The selection criteria specified for a deal/security are applied using 'and' conditions (e.g., currency = 'USD', product type = 'FXD' and SIC = '6011').
Exposure flows may be generated for individual instruments or a group of instruments. To apply selection criteria to all selected instruments the criteria must be entered in the global values row. The Criteria Selection screen is used to enter selection criteria for a specific cell. The Criteria Selection screen is accessed by selecting the Edit Cell button on the Exposure Flow Selection worksheet.
SQL statements are created when an exposure flow selection query is run based on the specified selection criteria. The SQL statement may be amended using the QSQL screen. The QSQL screen is accessed by selecting the Edit Query button on the Exposure Flow Selection worksheet.
Records selected based on the specified criteria are saved to a sequential file. The sequential file can be accessed by other analyses. The selection criteria entered on the Exposure Flow Selection worksheet may be saved for future use.
Exposure flows created using the Exposure Flow Selection worksheet are used by the ANEX, Exposure Analysis workbook.
Starting Exposure Flow SelectionTo access the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection worksheet, select Cash Flows from the Navigator categories. Select Market Exposures from the category items.
Select the Exposure Flow Selection tab at the bottom of the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook.
Optionally, select Cash Flows from the Navigator categories. Select Credit Exposures from the category items.
80 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Exposure Flow Selection Area
Exposure Flow Selection Area Layout
Exposure Flow Selection Area Ranges
Exposure flow file name
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Exposure flow file name is the name of the file containing exposure flows generated from specific selection criteria. Exposure flow file name includes the location and name of the file. If an exposure flow file name is not entered, a default file name is assigned. Default file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid exposure flow files. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 256 characters.
Description is text that describes the exposure flow file.
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made. For fixed income deals, Customer is the issuer of the security. Deals/securities with the specified customer are included in the exposure flow selection.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 81
Customer group id
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer group id is a name that identifies a group of customers.
Customer group ids are maintained using the CRGM, Credit Group Maintenance screen.
Country/ult
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Country/ult is the code of the customer's country of ultimate risk.
Country codes are maintained using the COUN, Country Code Maintenance screen.
A customer's country of ultimate risk is maintained using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen.
Country/res
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Country/res is the code of the customer's country of residence.
Country codes are maintained using the COUN, Country Code Maintenance screen.
A customer's country of residence is maintained using the CUST screen.
SIC
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
SIC is a standard industry code that identifies the customer's type of business.
Standard industry codes are maintained using the SICO, Standard Industry Codes screen.
A customer's standard industry code is maintained using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen.
Credit rating
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Credit rating is the customer's credit rating assigned by a rating agency for the specified term and debt currency.
If Credit rating is entered and a rating agency, rating term, and/or rating currency are not entered, ACFS uses the first credit rating maintained for the customer on the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen.
Rating agency
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rating agency is the rating agency that assigns the credit rating. Rating agency is entered only if Credit rating is entered.
Rating agencies are maintained using the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen.
If Credit rating is entered and a rating agency, rating term, and/or rating currency are not entered, ACFS uses the first credit rating maintained for the customer on the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen.
82 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Rating CCY
Drop-down box.
Rating CCY is the currency of the customer's debt.
Valid rating currencies are:
Local,
Foreign,
All.
'Local' is the currency of the customer's country of residence.
'Foreign' applies to all currencies except the currency of the customer's country of residence.
'All' applies to all currencies.
If Credit rating is entered and a rating agency, rating term, and/or rating currency are not entered, ACFS uses the first credit rating maintained for the customer on the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen.
Rating term
Drop-down box.
Rating term is the term of the customer's debt.
Valid rating terms are:
Short,
Long,
N/A.
'Short' specifies debts with maturities of less than one year.
'Long' specifies debts with maturities greater than one year.
'N/A' specifies the customer does not have long or short-term debt.
If Credit rating is entered and a rating agency, rating term, and/or rating currency are not entered, ACFS uses the first credit rating maintained for the customer on the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen.
Instrument
Buttons.
The Instrument buttons are used to specify the OPICS module for which selection criteria are entered and from which exposure flows are selected. When an instrument button is selected, selection criteria may be entered in the corresponding row using the Edit Cell button.
Global values
Optional.
The Global values row is used to apply selection criteria to all selected instruments.
Branch
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 83
Branch is the branch or branches from which exposure flows are selected. Branch identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
CCY
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency or currencies for which exposure flows are selected. An exposure flow is selected from each deal or security where the primary currency equals the specified CCY.
For Foreign Exchange, CCY is the deal's purchased currency.
For Fixed Income, CCY is the currency in which the security is denominated.
For OTC, CCY is the currency of the deal.
For Repos/Reverses, CCY is the currency of the deal's borrowed/lent amount.
For Swaps, CCY is the currency of the deal leg's notional amount.
For other instruments, CCY is the currency of the deal's notional amount.
Product code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 6 characters.
Product code identifies the product module (e.g., 'DPNL' identifies the Deposits and Loans module).
The combination of product code and product type identifies the specific product (instrument) for which exposure flows are selected.
Product type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Product type identifies the products within the product module (e.g., 'TD' identifies time deposits in the Deposits and Loans module).
The combination of product code and product type identifies the specific product (instrument) for which exposure flows are selected.
Start date
Optional. Date format.
For Deposits and Loans and Call and Notice, Start date is the value date of the deal.
For Swaps, Swap Options and Caps/Floors, Start date is the start date of the deal.
For Repos/Reverses, Start date is the date securities are delivered and funds are received (repo sale) or the date securities are received and funds are delivered (repo purchase).
For Foreign Exchange, Fixed Income, FRAs and OTC Options, Start date is not a valid criterion.
Maturity date
Optional. Date format.
For Fixed Income, Maturity date is the date the security matures.
For Foreign Exchange, Maturity date is the value date of the deal.
For OTC and Swap Options, Maturity date is the expiration date of the deal.
84 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
For Deposits and Loans, Swaps, Caps and Floors, and Call and Notice, Maturity date is the maturity date of the deal.
For Repos/Reverses, Maturity date is the date securities are received and principal plus interest is delivered (repo sale) or the date securities are delivered and principal plus interest is received (repo purchase). Maturity date is the 'off' date of the repo.
For FRAs, Maturity date is the settlement date of the deal.
Starting Criteria SelectionTo access the Criteria Selection screen, select the Edit Cell button on the Exposure Flow Selection worksheet.
Criteria Selection Screen Layout
Criteria Selection Screen Fields
Operator
Drop-down box.
Operator is used to enter a value to which OPICS data is compared for the exposure flow selection (e.g., Cost Center > '3' specifies that all exposure flows with a cost center greater than 3 are selected from OPICS). Valid operands are:
= 'value',
<> 'value',
> 'value',
>= 'value',
< 'value',
<= 'value',
in ('value','value','value'),
not in ('value','value','value'),
between 'value' and 'value',
not between 'value' and 'value',
like 'value%',
not like 'value%',
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 85
like '%value',
not like '%value',
like '%value%',
not like '%value%',
like,
not like,
is null,
is not null.
Or
Button.
The Or button is used to specify criteria of which only one condition must be met.
Values
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 250 characters.
Values are the specific selection criteria. Values may be entered or selected using the Lookup button.
Lookup
Button.
The Lookup button is used to display a list of valid values. To enter an item into the Values field, select it from the list.
Paste value
Button.
The Paste value button is used to enter a specified operator value (enclosed in single quotation marks) into the Expression field.
Undo paste
Button.
The Undo paste button is used to remove a pasted value from the Expression field.
Expression
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 250 characters.
Expression contains all operators and values for the exposure flow selection.
Expression may be entered directly or from the information entered in Operator and Values.
Starting QSQLTo access the QSQL screen, select the Edit Query button on the Exposure Flow Selection worksheet.
86 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
QSQL Screen Layout
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 87
ACFS: DropDown Values
IntroductionThe DropDown Values worksheet is used to add or amend the values displayed in the Operator drop-down box on the Criteria Selection screen. The operator values are used by both the Cash Flow Selection and Exposure Flow Selection worksheets.
Amending existing drop-down values may cause unintended results.
Starting DropDown ValuesTo access the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook, select Cash Flows from the Navigator categories. Select Market Exposures from the category items.
Select the DropDown values tab at the bottom of the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook.
DropDown Values Area
DropDown Values Area Layout
DropDown Values Area Ranges
Field
Display only.
88 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Field displays the names of all ranges used to specify cash flow and exposure flow selection criteria.
Applies to
Display only.
Applies to displays the names of all instruments to which the fields apply.
Range name
Display only.
Range name is a name used by the Criteria Selection screen to identify the range (e.g., editbox_br for Branch).
Combo box values
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 50 characters.
Combo box values displays all selection criteria that may be entered for a specific range on the Cash Flow Selection worksheet and the Exposure Flow Selection worksheet. The combo box values are displayed in the Operator drop-down box on the Criteria Selection screen.
ACFS: ButtonsThe ACFS, Cash Flow Selection and Exposure Flow Selection screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ACFS screen.
Processing Buttons
Simulated Flows
The Simulated Flows button is used to display the Simulated Flows area. Simulated cash flows can be appended and saved to a sequential file.
Edit Cell
The Edit Cell button is used to display the Criteria Selection screen. To edit a cell, select a cell and the Edit Cell button. The Criteria Selection screen is displayed. Enter the criteria and select the OK button.
Generate Query
The Generate Query button is used to create an SQL statement for the cash flow selection based on the specified criteria.
Edit Query
The Edit Query button is used to display the QSQl screen. To edit a query, select the Edit Query button. The QSQL screen is displayed. Amend the SQL statement and select the Save button.
The Generate Query button must be selected before the operator may edit the SQL statement.
Run Query
The Run Query button is used to start the cash flow selection.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 89
Selection
On the Cash Flow Selection screen, the Selection button is used to display the Simulated Flows Selection area.
On the Simulated Flows Selection screen, the Selection button is used to display the Cash Flow Selection screen.
Save
The Save button is used to save cash flows to a sequential file.
Append
The Append Button is used to add simulated flows to the cash flow sequential file.
90 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Chapter 5 Position Analysis
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 91
IntroductionThe workbooks used for Analytics position analyses are:
The ANCF, Cash Flow Analysis workbook is used to calculate the actual cash inflows and outflows occurring at future dates.
The ANFE, Futures Equivalent Analysis workbook is used to display and calculate futures equivalents for cash flows against a selected short-term (euro) interest rate futures contract or a bond/note futures contract.
The ANFI, Fixed Income Analysis workbook is used to display statistics and calculate weighted average prices and yields for long, short and open positions of selected cash flows.
The ANFS, Fixed Income Statistics Analysis workbook is used to display statistics and calculate weighted average prices and yields for long, short and open positions of selected cash flows.
The ANDL, Deposit/Loan Analysis workbook is used to calculate defined tenor structure, aggregated loan, deposit and open position weighted average interest rate exposures for selected cash flows.
The ANSR, Spot Risk Analysis workbook is used to calculate spot equivalent positions to account for changes in the foreign exchange spot rate.
The ANFX, Spot Risk Analysis (NPV) workbook is used to calculate spot equivalent positions to account for changes in the foreign exchange spot rate.
The ANCG, Cumulative Gap Analysis workbook is used to calculate gap positions for known cash flows.
The ANEC, Euro Currency Consolidation Analysis workbook is used to display known cash flows in Euro currency equivalents for all financial instruments.
92 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ANCF: Cash Flow Analysis
IntroductionThe ANCF, Cash Flow Analysis workbook is used to calculate the actual cash inflows and outflows occurring at future dates. Cash Flow Analysis displays aggregated actual cash flow payments and receipts, and calculates the net present values (to spot date or branch processing date) in the cash flow currency and local currency equivalent.
The NPV/Sensitivity and Aggregate bucketing methodologies are used to group cash flows by tenor. The NPV/Sensitivity method divides into subtotals the amount of a payment/receipt occurring between two tenor dates. A subtotal is assigned to each tenor date. The net present value and sensitivity of the subtotal amounts equals the net present value and sensitivity of the original amount. The Aggregate method assigns a payment/receipt occurring between two tenor dates to the later tenor date.
A default tenor ladder is provided and may be customized any time before the analysis is run.
Cash flows are discounted based on a single yield curve specified on the analysis worksheet.
An end date may be specified for a cash flow analysis. Cash flows occurring after the specified end date are not included in the analysis.
Cash flows can be automatically extracted from the database when an analysis is rerun.
Cash Flow Analysis displays a graph of cash flows, cumulative cash flows and local equivalents.
Starting Cash Flow AnalysisTo access the ANCF, Cash Flow Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories.
Select Cash Flow from the category items.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 93
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount known cash flows to present values. Only cash flows denominated in the yield curve currency are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
94 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Yield curve CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Yield curve CCY is the currency of the yield curve. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. The analysis is run for the yield curve currency if no analysis currency is specified.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analysis CCY is the currency included in the analysis. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. If Analysis CCY is not entered, the yield curve currency is used.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
CCY spot
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.4 digits.
CCY spot is the spot rate of exchange between the yield curve currency and the branch base currency.
If the yield curve currency equals the base currency, CCY spot is '1'.
If the yield curve currency does not equal the base currency and CCY spot is not entered, CCY spot is based on the information entered in the Rates area.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. If a cash flow file name is not entered, a default file name is assigned. Default file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 95
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Bucketing method
Drop-down box.
Bucketing method specifies how cash flows are grouped by tenor.
The NPV/Sensitivity method divides into subtotals the amount of a payment/receipt occurring between two tenor dates. A subtotal is assigned to each tenor date. The net present value and sensitivity of the subtotal amounts equals the net present value and sensitivity of the original amount.
The Aggregate method assigns a payment/receipt occurring between two tenor dates to the later tenor date.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Totals
Display only.
Totals displays the most recent cumulative amount from the cumulative net cash flow column, the total for the NPV of cash flow column and the total for the NPV in local currency column.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
96 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Receipts
Display only.
Receipts is the total amount of cash inflows for the specified tenor period.
Payments
Display only.
Payments is the total amount of cash outflows for the specified tenor period.
Net cash flow
Display only.
Net cash flow is the difference between receipts and payments (i.e., receipts subtracted by payments) for the specified tenor period.
Cumulative net cash flow
Display only.
Cumulative net cash flow is the cumulative amount of the net cash flows calculated from near to far tenor periods.
NPV net cash flow
Display only.
NPV net cash flow is the net present value (discounted to the spot or branch processing date depending on the specified yield curve) of the calculated net cash flows.
NPV in local currency
Display only.
NPV in local currency is the local currency equivalent value of the NPV net cash flow amount. The local equivalent is converted at the CCY spot rate.
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used in the cash flow analysis.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 97
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve and the cash flows used in the analysis.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
98 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Rates AreaThe Rates area is used to edit exchange rates and to link currency spot rates to DDE live data feeds.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 99
Rates Area Layout
Rates Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the spot rate quote.
Price/DDE
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Price/DDE is the spot rate of exchange between the yield curve currency and the branch base currency. Price/DDE may be an entered spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Mult./Div.
Display only.
Mult./Div. specifies whether the rate is multiplied or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the local currency amount.
Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a graph of the cash flow analysis. Graphs may be printed or displayed in different formats.
100 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Graph Area Layout
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display the cash flow details for a selected tenor.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 101
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Br
Br is the branch from which the cash flow is selected. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Portfolio
Portfolio is the portfolio associated with the cash flow. Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
102 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal associated with the cash flow.
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Security id
Security id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Date
Date is the date the payment/receipt is made.
Receipts
Receipts is the amount received on the receipt date.
Payments
Payments is the amount paid on the payment date.
ANCF: ButtonsThe ANCF, Cash Flow Analysis screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ANCF screen.
Processing Buttons
Get CCY
The Get CCY button is used to display the base currencies for the current branch on the Rates Area screen.
Graph Type
The Graph Type button is used to display a specific type of graph on the Graph Area screen.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 103
ANSF: Settlement Flow Analysis
IntroductionThe ANSF, Settlement Flow Analysis Workbook is used to determine the actual cash flows of a currency that are due to occur at future dates, based on the spot date of the yield curve. Settlement Analysis displays the aggregated actual cash flow payments and receipts by tenor, and calculates the net present values (to spot date) in the cash flow currency and the local currency equivalents. Settlement Analysis also displays a cumulative representation of the cash flows. A graphic representation of cash flows, local equivalents and cumulative cash flows can be generated. Settlement Analysis can access cash flows from the following OPICS modules:
Fixed Income,
Repurchase Agreements,
Foreign Exchange,
Financial Futures,
Exchange Traded Options,
OTC Options,
Fees,
Swaps,
Deposits and Loans,
Forward Rate Agreements,
Swap Options,
Caps and Floors,
Call and Notice.
Cash flows are discounted based on a single yield curve defined on the analysis sheet. A default tenor ladder is provided; however it can be customized at any time prior to running the analysis. An operator also may specify the end date of the analysis to omit cash flows occurring past that date.
Starting Settlement Flow AnalysisTo access the ANSF, Settlement Flow Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories.
Select Settlement Flow from the category items.
104 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount known cash flows to present values. Only cash flows denominated in the yield curve currency are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list. If 'Yield curve currency' is entered, only yield curves denominated in that currency are displayed.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 105
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Description
Display only.
Description is the text that describes the yield curve.
Yield curve CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Yield curve CCY is the currency of the yield curve. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. The analysis is run for the yield curve currency if no analysis currency is specified.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analysis CCY is the currency included in the analysis. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. If Analysis CCY is not entered, the yield curve currency is used.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
CCY Spot
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.4 digits.
CCY Spot is the spot rate of exchange between the yield curve currency and the branch base currency.
If the yield curve currency equals the base currency, CCY Spot is '1'.
If the yield curve currency does not equal the base currency and CCY Spot is not entered, CCY Spot defaults from the information entered in the Rates area.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Sett. flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
106 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Sett. flow file name is the name of the file containing the settlement flows included in the analysis. Sett. flow file name includes the location and name of the file. If a settlement flow file name is not entered, a default file name is assigned. Default file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid settlement flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh sett. flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh sett. flow specifies whether the settlement flow file is updated from the settlement flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is 'D' (day), 'W' (week), 'M' (month) or 'Y' (year).
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Receipts
Display only.
Receipts is the total amount of cash inflows for the specified tenor period.
Payments
Display only.
Payments is the total amount of cash outflows for the specified tenor period.
Net cash flow
Display only.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 107
Net cash flow is the difference between receipts and payments (i.e., receipts subtracted by payments) for the specified tenor period.
Cumulative net cash flow
Display only.
Cumulative net cash flow is the cumulative amount of the net cash flows calculated from near to far tenor periods.
NPV of cash flow
Display only.
NPV of cash flow is the net present value (discounted to the spot or branch processing date depending on the specified yield curve) of the calculated net cash flows.
NPV in local currency
Display only.
NPV in local currency is the local currency equivalent value of the NPV net cash flow amount. The local equivalent is converted at the CCY spot rate.
Details Area
Details Area Layout
108 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Details Area Display Ranges
Br
Br is the branch in which the displayed deal is entered.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the displayed deal.
Portfolio
Portfolio displays the portfolio in which the deal is included.
Trader
Trader displays the individual who is responsible for the deal.
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with a deal.
Product type
Product type identifies the products within a particular module.
Security Id
Security id is the identifier for a security associated with a deal.
Sett. Means
Sett. Means specifies how the payment is sent from or received by the bank.
Sett. Account
Sett. Account is used to identify the customer's account (non-nostro) to which funds are posted.
Date
Date is the payment date or receipt date for a particular cash flow.
Receipts
Receipts is the amount received on the receipt date.
Payments
Payments is the amount paid on the payment date.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 109
Yield Curve Area
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve. CCY determines the currency of the analysis (i.e., cash flows) and the spot rate converting the flows to base currency equivalents. The combination of CCY, yield curve id and shift sequence must correspond to a yield curve previously entered for the branch on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen or the YCSM, Yield Curve Shift Maintenance screen. CCY, yield curve id and shift sequence must also correspond to a set of discount factors and zero coupon rates previously generated by the YCDF, Create Discount Factors task.
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id identifies the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values. The currency of the yield curve determines the currency of the analysis. The combination of CCY, yield curve id and shift sequence must correspond to a yield curve previously entered for the branch using YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen or the YCSM, Yield Curve Shift Maintenance screen. CCY, yield curve id and shift sequence must also correspond to a set of discount factors and zero coupon rates previously generated by the YCDF, Create Discount Factors task.
Shift seq.
Display only.
110 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Shift seq is the sequence number assigned by OPICS to the yield curve. Shift seq defaults to ‘000’ for the base (unshifted) curve. Shift sequence is displayed when a yield curve is selected.
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Description
Display only.
Description is the text description of the yield curve contained in YCSM. The yield curve description is displayed when a yield curve is retrieved from the database.
Last date
Display only.
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated. The analysis uses the most recent yield curve data in the database.
Financial center
Display only.
Financial center displays the center used in the creation of the yield curve. The financial center also is the center used in the analysis. The financial center is read from the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance database record.
Day rule
Display only.
Day rule displays the day rule of the yield curve and of the analysis. The day rule is read from the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance database record.
Spot days
Display only.
Spot days displays the spot day lag used in the creation of the yield curve and for the analysis. Spot days is read from the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance database record.
Maturity
Display only.
Maturity displays the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Display only.
Discount factor displays the discount factor value corresponding to the maturity listed.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 111
Zero coupon
Display only.
Zero coupon displays the zero coupon value corresponding to the maturity listed.
Discount factor_01
Display only.
Discount factor_01 displays the discount factor of the same yield curve when generated after shifting the contributing rates up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Display only.
Zero coupon_01 displays the zero coupon value of the same yield curve when generated after shifting the contributing rates up one basis point.
Rates Area
Rates Area Layout
Rates Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the spot rate quote.
112 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Price/DDE
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Price/DDE is the spot rate of exchange between the yield curve currency and the branch base currency. Price/DDE may be an entered spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Mult./Div.
Display only.
Mult./Div. specifies whether the rate is multiplied or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the local currency amount.
Custom Tenor Ladder Area
Custom Tenor Ladder Area Layout
Custom Tenor Ladder Area Ranges
Start date
Required. Alphanumeric.
Start date is the beginning date of the construction of the tenor ladder set. Valid entries are 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is 'D' (day), 'W' (week), 'M' (month) or 'Y' (year).
Term/End date
Required. Alphanumeric.
Term/End date is the term of the tenor set or the last date for the construction of the tenor ladder set. Valid entries are:
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 113
Numerical values followed by a 'D' (day), 'M' (month) or 'Y' (year).
'E' is used to specify the end of the month referred to by the previous tenor rule in the Term/End date column. For example, if the previous tenor is '10 March 2000' and an 'E' is placed in the next tenor rule, the date of that tenor is '31 March 2000'.
'X' is used to specify the end of the year referred to by the previous tenor rule in the Term/End date column. For example, if the previous tenor is '10 November 2000' and an 'X' is placed in the next tenor rule, the date of that tenor is '31 December 2000'.
Tenor day
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Tenor day is the day of the tenor. The following are valid entries:
Numerical values between '1' and '31' indicate the day of the month (if Term interval is 'Monthly') or day of the week (if Term interval is 'Weekly' and the value entered is less than or equal to '7').
'E' is used to specify the end of the month referred to by the previous tenor rule in the Term/End date column. For example, if the previous tenor is '10 March 2000' and an 'E' is placed in the next tenor rule, the date of that tenor is '31 March 2000'.
Tenor interval
Required. Fixed-list combo box.
Tenor date is the date of the tenor. The following are valid entries:
Daily,
Weekly,
Monthly,
Annual.
Tenor addition
Optional. Alphanumeric.
Tenor addition is used to add specific tenors or dates to the construction of the tenor ladder. Valid entries are 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is 'D' (day), 'W' (week), 'M' (month) or 'Y' (year). A specific date also may be entered.
Tenor display
Display only.
Tenor display is the current tenor construction.
ANSF: ButtonsThe ANSF, Settlement Flow Analysis Workbook screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ANSF screen.
114 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Processing Buttons
Rates
The Rates button is used to edit exchange rates and to link currency spot rates to DDE live data feeds.
Yield Curve
The Yield Curve is used to retrieve and display yield curve header information and the most recent set of discount factors corresponding to the yield curve.
Tenor Ladder
The Tenor Ladder button is used to display or build a custom tenor ladder. An operator can enter a specific date or tenor designation by selecting a tenor day, tenor interval, start date and end date.
Select Flows
The Select Flows button is used to choose the collection of settlement flows to include in the analysis. The selection process returns a sequential file with the settlement flows from the selection criteria.
Run Analysis
The Run Analysis button is used to start the analysis. Both the CCY and Yield curve id ranges in the Settlement Flow Analysis area must have entries to enable the Run Analysis button. Run Analysis can be implemented only once in ANSF unless the Clear button is selected.
Calculate
The Calculate button is used to recompute the local currency equivalent of the present valued cash flows of the analysis.
Graph
The Graph button is used to display a graph of the settlement flow analysis. The default graph is a three dimensional bar chart of the various settlement flows against the tenor ladder. Other graph formats may be selected as a default.
Clear
The Clear button is used to erase all ranges of the Cash Flow Analysis except for the tenor structure. To run multiple cash flow analyses, the screen must first be cleared before Run analysis can be run again.
When the Clear button is selected, message number 3829 is displayed to verify whether the operator wants to clear the screen.
The Print button is used to print the analysis exactly as it is displayed on the screen.
Details
The Details button is used to display the cash flow details for a selected tenor. A tenor is selected by clicking on the date on the left-hand side of the Analysis area.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 115
Get CCY
The Get CCY button is used to display the currencies for the current branch in the Rates Area section. All currencies contained on the BRCC table are displayed.
Analysis
The Analysis button is used to access information in the Settlement Flow Analysis section.
116 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ANFE: Futures Equivalent Analysis
IntroductionThe ANFE, Futures Equivalent Analysis workbook is used to calculate futures equivalents for cash flows against a selected short-term (euro) interest rate futures contract or a bond/note futures contract.
ANFE Worksheets
Futures Equivalent Analysis - Bond Equivalent
The Futures Equivalent Analysis - Bond Equivalent worksheet is used to calculate futures equivalents for a set of cash flows against a selected bond/note based interest rate futures contract.
Futures Equivalent Analysis - Euro Equivalent
The Futures Equivalent Analysis - Euro Equivalent worksheet is used to calculate futures equivalents for cash flows against a selected short-term interest rate futures contract.
Starting Futures Equivalent AnalysisTo access the ANFE, Futures Equivalent Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories.
Select Euro Futures Equivalent or Bond Futures Equivalent from the category items.
Selecting ANFE WorksheetsSelect one of the following tabs at the bottom of the ANFE, Futures Equivalent Analysis workbook:
Bond Equivalent,
Euro Equivalent.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 117
ANFE: Futures Equivalent Position - Bond Equivalent
IntroductionThe Futures Equivalent Position - Bond Equivalent worksheet is used to calculate futures equivalents for cash flows against a selected bond/note based interest rate futures contract.
Aggregated (net) cash flows, one basis point sensitivity measure and futures equivalent hedges are displayed for the selected cash flows.
A yield curve and futures contract must be entered before an analysis is run. The currency of the futures contract must equal the analysis currency, and determines the currency of the cash flows included in the analysis.
A default tenor ladder is provided and may be customized any time before the analysis is run.
Starting Futures Equivalent Position - Bond EquivalentTo access the ANFE, Futures Equivalent Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories. Select Euro Futures Equivalent or Bond Futures Equivalent from the category items.
Select the Bond Equivalent tab at the bottom of the ANFE, Futures Equivalent Analysis workbook.
Futures Equivalent Position - Bond Equivalent Area
Futures Equivalent Position - Bond Equivalent Area Layout
118 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Futures Equivalent Position - Bond Equivalent Area Ranges
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount known cash flows to present values. Only cash flows denominated in the yield curve currency are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Yield curve CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Yield curve CCY is the currency of the yield curve. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. The analysis is run for the yield curve currency if no analysis currency is specified.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analysis CCY is the currency included in the analysis. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. If Analysis CCY is not entered, the yield curve currency is used.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Futures contract
Display only.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 119
Futures contract is the code of the bond/note interest rate futures contract used to calculate the futures equivalent position.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Cashflow types
Drop-down box.
Cashflow types specifies the type of cash flows included in the analysis. Valid cash flow types are 'Known', 'Unknown' and 'All'.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
120 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is 'D' (day), 'W' (week), 'M' (month) or 'Y' (year).
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Net cash flow
Display only.
Net cash flow is the net amount of known and unknown cash flows based on the yield curve.
PV 1 basis pt. sensitivity
Display only.
PV 1 basis pt. sensitivity is the present value of the difference between the net cash flows valued against the yield curve and the net cash flows valued against the yield curve shifted up one basis point. The original yield curve is used to discount the sensitivities to the spot date.
Total sensitivity
Display only.
Total sensitivity is the total of the sensitivities for all tenors.
Equivalent contracts
Display only.
Equivalent contracts is the equivalent number of bond/note futures contracts required to hedge the total sensitivity. Each contract delivery is a separate hedge.
Contract delivery
Display only.
Contract delivery is the delivery code for the specified bond/note futures contract.
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used in the futures equivalent analysis.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 121
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve and the cash flows used in the analysis.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
122 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Futures AreaThe Futures area is used to edit information about bond/note futures contracts.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 123
Futures Area Layout
Futures Area Ranges
Futures contract
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Futures contract is the code of the bond/note interest rate futures contract used to calculate the futures equivalent position.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid contracts. The data must be previously entered using the FCON, Financial Futures Contract Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the bond/note futures contract.
Ctrl + F2 list valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Contract delivery
Display only.
Contract delivery is a delivery code for the specified bond/note futures contract.
124 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Delivery date
Display only.
Delivery date is the date the futures contract is delivered.
Security id
Display only.
Security id identifies the 'cheapest to deliver' security for the bond/note futures contract.
Price/DDE
Required. Numeric, up to 3.5 digits.
Price/DDE is the price for the bond/note futures contract. Price/DDE may be an entered price or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Conversion factor
Required. Numeric, up to 1.4 digits.
Conversion factor is the adjustment factor used to convert the 'cheapest to deliver' security price to the bond/note futures contract price.
Conversion factor is maintained using the FDEL, Futures Delivery Date Maintenance screen.
PVBP
Display only.
PVBP is the price value of a one basis point yield increase for the specified security.
Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a graph of the futures equivalent analysis. Graphs may be printed and displayed in different formats.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 125
Graph Area Layout
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display the cash flow details for a selected tenor.
126 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Br
Br is the current branch. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Portfolio
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 127
Portfolio is the portfolio associated with the cash flow. Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal associated with the cash flow.
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Security id
Security id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Date
Date is the date the payment/receipt is made.
Receipts
Receipts is the amount received on the receipt date.
Payments
Payments is the amount paid on the payment date.
128 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ANFE: Futures Equivalent Position - Euro Equivalent
IntroductionThe Futures Equivalent Analysis - Euro Equivalent worksheet is used to calculate futures equivalents for cash flows against a selected short-term interest rate futures contract.
Aggregated (net) cash flows, one basis point sensitivity measure and futures equivalent hedges are displayed for the selected cash flows.
A yield curve and futures contract must be entered before an analysis is run. The currency of the futures contract must equal the analysis currency, and determines the currency of the cash flows included in the analysis.
A default tenor ladder is provided and may be customized any time before the analysis is run.
Starting Futures Equivalent Position - Euro EquivalentTo access the ANFE, Futures Equivalent Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories. Select Euro Futures Equivalent or Bond Futures Equivalent from the category items.
Select the Euro Equivalent tab at the bottom of the ANFE, Futures Equivalent Analysis workbook.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 129
Futures Equivalent Position - Euro Equivalent Area
Futures Equivalent Position - Euro Equivalent Area Layout
Futures Equivalent Position - Euro Equivalent Area Ranges
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount known cash flows to present values. Only cash flows denominated in the yield curve currency are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
130 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Yield curve CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Yield curve CCY is the currency of the yield curve. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. The analysis is run for the yield curve currency if no analysis currency is specified.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analysis CCY is the currency included in the analysis. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. If Analysis CCY is not entered, the yield curve currency is used.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Futures contract
Display only.
Futures contract is the code of the short-term interest rate futures contract used to calculate the futures equivalent position.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 131
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Cashflow types
Drop-down box.
Cashflow types specifies the type of cash flows included in the analysis. Valid cash flow types are 'Known', 'Unknown' and 'All'.
Strip bucketing
Drop-down box.
Strip bucketing specifies which form of the strip equivalent calculation (Strip or Cashflow) is used. If 'Strip' is selected, the number of contracts to hedge is allocated across the entire futures delivery strip. If 'Cashflow' is selected, the number of contracts to hedge ends at the last cash flow date.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Contract delivery
Display only.
Contract delivery is a delivery code for the specified short-term futures contract.
Delivery date
Display only.
Delivery date is the date of the specified futures contract delivery.
Net cash flow
Display only.
Net cash flow is the net amount of known and unknown cash flows based on the yield curve.
PV 1 basis pt. sensitivity
Display only.
132 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
PV 1 basis pt. sensitivity is the present value of the difference between the net cash flows valued against the yield curve and the net cash flows valued against the yield curve shifted up one basis point. The original yield curve is used to discount the sensitivities to the spot date.
Total sensitivity
Display only.
Total sensitivity is the total of the sensitivities for all tenors.
Stack equivalent
Display only.
Stack equivalent is the total number of short-term futures contracts required to hedge the total sensitivity.
Strip equivalent
Display only.
Strip equivalent is the equivalent number of short-term futures contracts required to hedge the total sensitivity, based on the strip methodology. An equal number of contracts is allocated to each delivery. Residual contracts are allocated to the nearest delivery.
Complex strip equivalent
Display only.
Complex strip equivalent is the equivalent number of short-term futures contracts required to hedge the interest rate sensitivity. Interest rate sensitivity is bucketed into contract deliveries. The equivalent number of futures contracts is calculated for each contract delivery.
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used in the futures equivalent analysis.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 133
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve and the cash flows used in the analysis.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
134 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Futures AreaThe Futures area is used to edit information about bond/note futures contracts.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 135
Futures Area Layout
Futures Area Ranges
Futures contract
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Futures contract is the code of the short-term interest rate futures contract used to calculate the futures equivalent position.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid contracts. The data must be previously entered using the FCON, Financial Futures Contract Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the short-term futures contract.
Ctrl + F2 list valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Contract delivery
Display only.
Contract delivery is a delivery code for the specified short-term futures contract.
136 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Delivery date
Display only.
Delivery date is the date the futures contract is delivered.
Tick value
Display only.
Tick value is the size of one tick movement for the futures contract.
Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a graph of the futures equivalent analysis. Graphs may be printed and displayed in different formats.
Graph Area Layout
Details Area LayoutThe Details area is used to display the cash flow details for a selected contract delivery.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 137
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Contract delivery
Contract delivery is a delivery code for the specified short-term futures contract.
Delivery date
Delivery date is the date the futures contract is delivered.
Br
Br is the current branch. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Portfolio
Portfolio is the portfolio associated with the cash flow. Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal associated with the cash flow.
138 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Security id
Security id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Date
Date is the date the payment/receipt is made.
Receipts
Receipts is the amount received on the receipt date.
Payments
Payments is the amount paid on the payment date.
ANFE: ButtonsThe ANFE, Futures Equivalent Position - Bond Equivalent and the Futures Equivalent Analysis - Euro Equivalent screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ANFE screen.
Processing Buttons
Get CCY
The Get CCY button is used to display the base currencies for the current branch on the Rates Area screen.
Chart Type
The Chart Type button is used to display a specific type of graph.
Futures
The Futures button is used to display the Futures area.
Get Futures
The Get Futures button is used to display futures static data on the Futures Area screen. To display futures static data, enter a short-term interest rate futures contract and currency. Select the Get Futures button.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 139
Recalculate
The Recalculate button is used to recalculate a PVBP on the Futures Areas screen. Enter the price/DDE for a security id and select the Recalculate button.
140 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ANFI: Fixed Income Analysis
IntroductionThe ANFI, Fixed Income Analysis workbook is used to display statistics and calculate weighted average prices and yields for long, short and open positions of selected cash flows.
Starting Fixed Income AnalysisTo access the ANFI, Fixed Income Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories.
Select Fixed Income from the category items.
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 141
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Number of issues
Display only.
Number of issues is the total number of securities associated with the cash flows included in the analysis.
Rating agency 1
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Rating agency 1 is the rating agency that assigns the security credit rating.
Securities are assigned credit ratings using the CRAT, Credit Rating Maintenance screen.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid rating agencies. The data must be previously entered using the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Rating agency 2
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Rating agency 2 is the rating agency that assigns the security credit rating.
Securities are assigned credit ratings using the CRAT, Credit Rating Maintenance screen.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid rating agencies. The data must be previously entered using the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Analysis Area Display Ranges
Issuer
Issuer is the issuer of the security.
Coupon rate
Coupon rate is the coupon rate of the security associated with the cash flow.
142 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Maturity date
Maturity date is the final principal payment date and interest period end date for the security.
CCY
CCY is the currency in which the security (and security dividends, interest and closing price) is denominated.
Security id
Security id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Investment Type
Investment Type identifies the security inventory position as 'H' (hold to maturity), 'T' (trading), 'A' (available for sale), 'S' (short) or 'I' (issued).
Agency 1 rating
Agency 1 rating is the security credit rating assigned by rating agency 1.
Agency 2 rating
Agency 2 rating is the security credit rating assigned by rating agency 2.
SIC of issuer
SIC of issuer is the standard industry code of the issuer of the security.
Next Call Date
Next Call Date is the next date the security can be called.
Active Call Date
Active Call Date is the call date when the security price is calculated.
Active Call Price
Active Call Price is the current price at which the security is called.
Next Put Date
Next Put Date is the next date the security is putable.
Active Put Date
Active Put Date is the put date when the security price is calculated.
Active Put Price
Active Put Price is the current price at which the security is put.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 143
Long quantity
Long quantity is the total number of units in the long position.
Long amount
Long amount is the total face amount of the units in the long position.
Long position amount (local currency)
Long position amount (local currency) is the total face amount of the units in the long position, converted to base currency.
Long position avg. price
Long position avg. price is the weighted average price for an individual unit in the long position.
Long position avg. yield
Long position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit in the long position.
Short quantity
Short quantity is the total number of units in the short position.
Short amount
Short amount is the total face amount of securities included in the short position.
Short position amount (local currency)
Short position amount (local currency) is the total face amount of the units in the short position, converted to base currency.
Short position avg. price
Short position avg. price is the weighted average price for an individual unit in the short position.
Short position avg. yield
Short position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit in the short position.
Open position quantity
Open position quantity is the difference between the long quantity and the short quantity.
Open position amount
Open position amount is the difference between the long position amount and the short position amount.
Open position amount (local currency)
Open position amount (local currency) is the difference between the long position amount and the short position amount, converted to base currency.
144 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Open position avg. price
Open position avg. price is the weighted average price for an individual unit in the open position.
Open position avg. yield
Open position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit in the open position.
Bid price
Bid price is the bid price for the security.
Bid yield
Bid yield is the bid yield for the security.
Ask price
Ask price is the ask price for the security.
Ask yield
Ask yield is the ask yield for the security.
Current price
Current price is the clean closing price for the security.
Current yield
Current yield is the clean closing yield for the security.
Unrealized Gain/Loss
Unrealized Gain/Loss is the difference between the current price and the open position avg. price for the day.
Unrealized Gain/Loss (local currency)
Unrealized Gain/Loss (local currency) is the difference between the current price and the open position avg. price, converted to base currency.
Remaining Life
Remaining Life is the amount of time remaining in the life of the security.
Duration
Duration is the weighted average life of the security.
Modified duration
Modified duration is the sensitivity of the security's price to a change in its yield.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 145
Convexity
Convexity is the rate of change in the sensitivity of the security's price to a change in its yield.
PVBP
PVBP is the price value of a one basis point yield increase for the security.
PVBP local CCY
PVBP local CCY is the price value of a one basis point yield increase for the security, in base currency.
Liquidity value
Liquidity value is the difference between the offer price and the bid price.
Liquidity rank
Liquidity rank identifies the liquidity as high, low or medium.
Liquidity ranks are maintained using the LQTM, Liquidity Target Maintenance screen.
Rates AreaThe Rates area is used to edit exchange rates and to link currency spot rates to DDE live data feeds.
Rates Area Layout
146 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Rates Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the spot rate quote.
Price/DDE
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Price/DDE is the spot rate of exchange between the yield curve currency and the branch base currency. Price/DDE may be an entered spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Mult./Div.
Display only.
Mult./Div. specifies whether the rate is multiplied or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the local currency amount.
Summary AreaThe Summary area is used to display summary statistics for fixed income positions based on specified criteria.
Summary Area Layout
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 147
Summary Area Ranges
Summarize by
Drop-down box.
Summarize by specifies how fixed income positions are aggregated (e.g., duration, modified duration).
Minimum value
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits or date format.
Minimum value is the minimum value required to include a fixed income position in the statistics summary. Only positions with a value greater than or equal to the minimum value and less than or equal to the maximum value are included in the summary.
Minimum value must be entered if Summarize by is 'Duration', 'Modified duration', 'Convexity', 'PVBP' or 'Maturity'.
Maximum value
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits or date format.
Maximum value is the maximum value required to include a fixed income position in the statistics summary. Only positions with a value greater than or equal to the minimum value and less than or equal to the maximum value are included in the summary.
Maximum value must be entered if Summarize by is 'Duration', 'Modified duration', 'Convexity', 'PVBP' or 'Maturity'.
Increment
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits or date format.
Increment is the value used to create aggregation points between the minimum and maximum values.
Increment must be entered if Summarize by is 'Duration', 'Modified duration', 'Convexity', 'PVBP' or 'Maturity'.
Summary Area Display Ranges
Coupon rate
Coupon rate is the coupon rate for which fixed income positions are displayed. Coupon rate is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Coupon rate'.
CCY
CCY is the currency for which fixed income positions are displayed. CCY is displayed only if Summarize by is 'CCY'.
Issuer
Issuer is the customer for whom fixed income positions are displayed. Issuer is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Issuer'.
148 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Agency 1 rating
Agency 1 rating is the agency 1 security credit rating for which fixed income positions are displayed. Agency 1 rating is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Agency 1 rating'.
Agency 2 rating
Agency 2 rating is the agency 2 security credit rating for which fixed income positions are displayed. Agency 2 rating is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Agency 2 rating'.
SIC of issuer
SIC of issuer is the standard industry code for which fixed income positions are displayed. SIC of issuer is displayed only if Summarize by is 'SIC of issuer'.
Values between
Values between is the aggregation group defined based on the minimum value, maximum value and increment for which fixed income positions are displayed. Values between is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Duration', 'Modified duration', 'Convexity', 'PVBP' or 'Maturity'.
Liquidity rank
Liquidity rank is the liquidity value for which fixed income positions are displayed. Liquidity rank is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Liquidity'.
Number of issues
Number of issues is the total number of securities associated with the fixed income position.
Open position amount local CCY
Open position amount local CCY is the total open position for the securities, in base currency.
% of local CCY
% of local CCY specifies what percentage the open position amount local currency is of the total open position.
Coupon rate
Coupon rate is the average coupon rate of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Long position avg. yield
Long position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit of the long positions.
Short position avg. yield
Short position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit of the short positions.
Open position avg. yield
Open position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit of the open positions.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 149
Average Current Yield
Average Current Yield is the weighted average current yield of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Unrealized Gain/Loss (local currency)
Unrealized Gain/Loss (local currency) is the sum of the unrealized gains and losses for the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Average Remaining Life
Average Remaining Life is the average amount of time remaining in the lives of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Duration
Duration is the weighted average life of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Modified duration
Modified duration is the weighted average modified duration of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Convexity
Convexity is the weighted average convexity of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
PVBP local CCY
PVBP local CCY is the price value, in base currency, of a one basis point yield increase for the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Liquidity value
Liquidity value is the weighted average liquidity value of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Total liquidity rank
Total liquidity rank is the overall liquidity rank for all securities associated with the fixed income position.
Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a graph of the fixed income position summary. Graphs may be printed.
150 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Graph Area Layout
ANFI: ButtonsThe ANFI, Fixed Income Analysis screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ANFL screen.
Processing Buttons
Get CCY
The Get CCY button is used to display the base currencies for the current branch on the Rates Area screen.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 151
ANFS: Fixed Income Statistics Analysis
IntroductionThe ANFS, Fixed Income Statistics Analysis screen is used to display statistics and calculate weighted average prices and yields for long, short and open positions of selected cash flows.
Starting Fixed Income Statistics AnalysisTo access the ANFS, Fixed Income Statistics Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories.
Select Fixed Income Statistics from the category items.
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Analysis Area Ranges
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
152 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Number of issues
Display only.
Number of issues is the total number of securities associated with the cash flows included in the analysis.
Rating agency 1
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Rating agency 1 is the rating agency that assigns the security credit rating.
Securities are assigned credit ratings using the CRAT, Credit Rating Maintenance screen.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid rating agencies. The data must be previously entered using the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Rating agency 2
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Rating agency 2 is the rating agency that assigns the security credit rating.
Securities are assigned credit ratings using the CRAT, Credit Rating Maintenance screen.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid rating agencies. The data must be previously entered using the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Analysis Area Display Ranges
Issuer
Issuer is the issuer of the security.
Coupon rate
Coupon rate is the coupon rate of the security associated with the cash flow.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 153
Maturity date
Maturity date is the final principal payment date and interest period end date for the security.
CCY
CCY is the currency in which the security (and security dividends, interest and closing price) is denominated.
Security id
Security id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Investment Type
Investment Type identifies the security inventory position as 'H' (hold to maturity), 'T' (trading), 'A' (available for sale), 'S' (short) or 'I' (issued).
Agency 1 rating
Agency 1 rating is the security credit rating assigned by rating agency 1.
Agency 2 rating
Agency 2 rating is the security credit rating assigned by rating agency 2.
SIC of issuer
SIC of issuer is the standard industry code of the issuer of the security.
Next Call Date
Next Call Date is the next date the security can be called.
Active Call Date
Active Call Date is the call date when the security price is calculated.
Active Call Price
Active Call Price is the current price at which the security is called.
Next Put Date
Next Put Date is the next date the security is putable.
Active Put Date
Active Put Date is the put date when the security price is calculated.
Active Put Price
Active Put Price is the current price at which the security is put.
154 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Long quantity
Long quantity is the total number of units in the long position.
Long amount
Long amount is the total face amount of the units in the long position.
Long position amount (local currency)
Long position amount (local currency) is the total face amount of the units in the long position, converted to base currency.
Long position avg. price
Long position avg. price is the weighted average price for an individual unit in the long position.
Long position avg. yield
Long position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit in the long position.
Short quantity
Short quantity is the total number of units in the short position.
Short amount
Short amount is the total face amount of securities included in the short position.
Short position amount (local currency)
Short position amount (local currency) is the total face amount of the units in the short position, converted to base currency.
Short position avg. price
Short position avg. price is the weighted average price for an individual unit in the short position.
Short position avg. yield
Short position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit in the short position.
Open position quantity
Open position quantity is the difference between the long quantity and the short quantity.
Open position amount
Open position amount is the difference between the long position amount and the short position amount.
Open position amount (local currency)
Open position amount (local currency) is the difference between the long position amount and the short position amount, converted to base currency.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 155
Open position avg. price
Open position avg. price is the weighted average price for an individual unit in the open position.
Open position avg. yield
Open position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit in the open position.
Bid price
Bid price is the bid price for the security.
Bid yield
Bid yield is the bid yield for the security.
Ask price
Ask price is the ask price for the security.
Ask yield
Ask yield is the ask yield for the security.
Current price
Current price is the clean closing price for the security.
Current yield
Current yield is the clean closing yield for the security.
Unrealized Gain/Loss
Unrealized Gain/Loss is the difference between the current price and the open position avg. price for the day.
Unrealized Gain/Loss (local currency)
Unrealized Gain/Loss (local currency) is the difference between the current price and the open position avg. price, converted to base currency.
Remaining Life
Remaining Life is the amount of time remaining in the life of the security.
Duration
Duration is the weighted average life of the security.
Modified duration
Modified duration is the sensitivity of the security's price to a change in its yield.
156 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Convexity
Convexity is the rate of change in the sensitivity of the security's price to a change in its yield.
PVBP
PVBP is the price value of a one basis point yield increase for the security.
PVBP local CCY
PVBP local CCY is the price value of a one basis point yield increase for the security, in base currency.
Liquidity value
Liquidity value is the difference between the offer price and the bid price.
Liquidity rank
Liquidity rank identifies the liquidity as high, low or medium.
Liquidity ranks are maintained using the LQTM, Liquidity Target Maintenance screen.
Rates AreaThe Rates area is used to edit exchange rates and to link currency spot rates to DDE live data feeds.
Rates Area Layout
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 157
Rates Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the spot rate quote.
Price/DDE
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Price/DDE is the spot rate of exchange between the yield curve currency and the branch base currency. Price/DDE may be an entered spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Mult./Div.
Display only.
Mult./Div. specifies whether the rate is multiplied or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the local currency amount.
Summary AreaThe Summary area is used to display summary statistics for fixed income positions based on specified criteria.
Summary Area Layout
158 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Summary Area Ranges
Summarize by
Drop-down box.
Summarize by specifies how fixed income positions are aggregated (e.g., duration, modified duration).
Minimum value
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits or date format.
Minimum value is the minimum value required to include a fixed income position in the statistics summary. Only positions with a value greater than or equal to the minimum value and less than or equal to the maximum value are included in the summary.
Minimum value must be entered if Summarize by is 'Duration', 'Modified duration', 'Convexity', 'PVBP' or 'Maturity'.
Maximum value
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits or date format.
Maximum value is the maximum value required to include a fixed income position in the statistics summary. Only positions with a value greater than or equal to the minimum value and less than or equal to the maximum value are included in the summary.
Maximum value must be entered if Summarize by is 'Duration', 'Modified duration', 'Convexity', 'PVBP' or 'Maturity'.
Increment
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits or date format.
Increment is the value used to create aggregation points between the minimum and maximum values.
Increment must be entered if Summarize by is 'Duration', 'Modified duration', 'Convexity', 'PVBP' or 'Maturity'.
Summary Area Display Ranges
Coupon rate
Coupon rate is the coupon rate for which fixed income positions are displayed. Coupon rate is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Coupon rate'.
CCY
CCY is the currency for which fixed income positions are displayed. CCY is displayed only if Summarize by is 'CCY'.
Issuer
Issuer is the customer for whom fixed income positions are displayed. Issuer is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Issuer'.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 159
Agency 1 rating
Agency 1 rating is the agency 1 security credit rating for which fixed income positions are displayed. Agency 1 rating is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Agency 1 rating'.
Agency 2 rating
Agency 2 rating is the agency 2 security credit rating for which fixed income positions are displayed. Agency 2 rating is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Agency 2 rating'.
SIC of issuer
SIC of issuer is the standard industry code for which fixed income positions are displayed. SIC of issuer is displayed only if Summarize by is 'SIC of issuer'.
Values between
Values between is the aggregation group defined based on the minimum value, maximum value and increment for which fixed income positions are displayed. Values between is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Duration', 'Modified duration', 'Convexity', 'PVBP' or 'Maturity'.
Liquidity rank
Liquidity rank is the liquidity value for which fixed income positions are displayed. Liquidity rank is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Liquidity'.
Number of issues
Number of issues is the total number of securities associated with the fixed income position.
Open position amount local CCY
Open position amount local CCY is the total open position for the securities, in base currency.
% of local CCY
% of local CCY specifies what percentage the open position amount local currency is of the total open position.
Coupon rate
Coupon rate is the average coupon rate of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Long position avg. yield
Long position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit of the long positions.
Short position avg. yield
Short position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit of the short positions.
Open position avg. yield
Open position avg. yield is the weighted average yield for an individual unit of the open positions.
160 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Average Current Yield
Average Current Yield is the weighted average current yield of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Unrealized Gain/Loss (local currency)
Unrealized Gain/Loss (local currency) is the sum of the unrealized gains and losses for the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Average Remaining Life
Average Remaining Life is the average amount of time remaining in the lives of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Duration
Duration is the weighted average life of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Modified duration
Modified duration is the weighted average modified duration of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Convexity
Convexity is the weighted average convexity of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
PVBP local CCY
PVBP local CCY is the price value, in base currency, of a one basis point yield increase for the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Liquidity value
Liquidity value is the weighted average liquidity value of the securities associated with the fixed income position.
Total liquidity rank
Total liquidity rank is the overall liquidity rank for all securities associated with the fixed income position.
Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a graph of the fixed income position summary. Graphs may be printed.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 161
Graph Area Layout
ANFS: ButtonsThe ANFS, Fixed Income Statistics Analysis screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ANFS screen.
Processing Buttons
Get CCY
The Get CCY button is used to display the base currencies for the current branch on the Rates Area screen.
162 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ANDL: Deposit/Loan Analysis
IntroductionThe ANDL, Deposit/Loan Analysis workbook is used to calculate defined tenor structure, aggregated loan, deposit and open position weighted average interest rate exposures for cash flows generated using the following OPICS modules:
Deposits and Loans,
Repurchase Agreements,
Internal Deals,
Forward Rate Agreements,
Swaps,
Fixed Income,
Financial Futures.
Starting Deposit/Loan AnalysisTo access the ANDL, Deposit/Loan Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories.
Select Deposit/Loan from the category items.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 163
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount notional amounts to present values. Only cash flows denominated in the yield curve currency are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
164 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Yield curve CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Yield curve CCY is the currency of the yield curve. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. The analysis is run for the yield curve currency if no analysis currency is specified.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analysis CCY is the currency included in the analysis. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. If Analysis CCY is not entered, the yield curve currency is used.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis basis
Drop-down box.
Analysis basis is the interest rate basis used to evaluate deals. Valid bases are:
A360 (Actual/360) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
A365 (Actual/365) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 165
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Yield calc. date
Drop-down box.
Yield calc. date is the used to calculate the yield (rate) for fixed income transactions.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Totals
Display only.
Totals displays the following totals or averages for loans, deposits and open positions:
Loans Notional amount,
Average rate,
Sensitivity,
Current results,
NPV loans,
Loan duration.
Deposits Notional amount,
Average rate,
Sensitivity,
Current results,
NPV deposits,
Deposit duration.
Open Positions Notional amount,
Break even rate,
Sensitivity,
Contributing rate,
166 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Current results,
NPV open.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
Analysis Area Display Ranges
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
(Loans) Notional amount
(Loans) Notional amount is the total of the notional amounts for all loans maturing on the tenor date or during the tenor period.
(Loans) Average rate
(Loans) Average rate is the weighted average rate of all loans maturing on the tenor date or during the tenor period.
(Loans) Sensitivity
(Loans) Sensitivity is the sensitivity of the notional amount to a basis point shift in interest rates.
(Loans) Contributing rate
(Loans) Contributing rate is the current zero coupon rate of the specified yield curve for the tenor period.
(Loans) Current results
(Loans) Current results is an estimated profit/loss amount used to calculate the opportunity cost of loaning funds at the average rate versus investing funds at the current zero coupon rate of the specified yield curve.
(Loans) NPV loans
(Loans) NPV loans is the total of NPVs for all loans maturing on the tenor date or during the tenor period.
(Loans) Loan duration
(Loans) Loan duration is the average maturity of all processed loans.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 167
(Deposits) Notional amount
(Deposits) Notional amount is the total notional amount of all deposits maturing on the tenor date or during the tenor period.
(Deposits) Average rate
(Deposits) Average rate is the weighted average rate of all deposits maturing on the tenor date or during the tenor period.
(Deposits) Sensitivity
(Deposits) Sensitivity is the sensitivity of the deposit notional amount to a basis point shift in interest rates.
(Deposits) Contributing rate
(Deposits) Contributing rate is the current zero coupon rate for of the specified yield curve for the tenor period.
(Deposits) Current results
(Deposits) Current results is an estimated profit/loss used to calculate the opportunity cost of accepting deposits at the weighted average rate versus borrowing funds at the current zero coupon rate of the specified yield curve.
NPV deposits
NPV deposits is the total of the NPVs for all deposits maturing on the tenor date or during the tenor period.
Deposits duration
Deposits duration is the average maturity of all processed deposits.
(Open Positions) Notional amount
(Open Positions) Notional amount is the net notional amount of all loans and deposits maturing on the tenor date or during the tenor period.
Break even rate
Break even rate is the rate required to break even from a difference in the loan average rate and the deposit average rate.
(Open Positions) Sensitivity
(Open Positions) Sensitivity is the sensitivity of the open position notional amount to a basis point shift in interest rates.
(Open Positions) Contributing rate
(Open Positions) Contributing rate is the current zero coupon rate of the specified yield curve.
168 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
(Open Positions) Current results
(Open Positions) Current results is the net of the loan current results and the deposit current results.
NPV open
NPV open is the net of the NPVs of all processed loans and deposits.
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used in the deposit/loan analysis.
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve and the cash flows used in the analysis.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount notional amounts to present values.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 169
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
170 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display the cash flow details for a selected tenor.
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Br
Br is the branch from which the cash flow is selected. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 171
Portfolio
Portfolio is the portfolio associated with the cash flow. Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal associated with the cash flow.
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Security id
Security id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Date
Date is the date the payment/receipt is made.
Loans
Loans is the loan amount received on the maturity date.
Deposits
Deposits is the deposit amount paid on the maturity date.
Rate
Rate is the rate associated with the deposit or loan.
172 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ANSR: Spot Risk Analysis
IntroductionThe ANSR, Spot Risk Analysis workbook is used to calculate spot equivalent positions to account for changes in the foreign exchange spot rate (assuming no changes occur in the currencies underlying the interest rate term structures).
A default tenor ladder is provided and may be customized any time before the analysis is run.
Starting Spot Risk AnalysisTo access the ANSR, Spot Risk Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories.
Select Spot Risk from the category items.
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 173
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
CCY1
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY1 is the first currency in the currency pair. CCY1 and CCY2 must be a valid currency pair displayed in the Rates area.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve associated with CCY1.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
CCY2
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
174 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
CCY2 is the second currency in the currency pair. CCY1 and CCY2 must be a valid currency pair displayed in the Rates area.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve associated with CCY2.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Report CCY
Drop-down box.
Report CCY specifies the currency in which the cash flows are denominated.
Terms
Display only.
Terms specifies whether the CCY1 rate is divided into or multiplied by the foreign currency amount to calculate the CCY2 currency amount.
Hedge portfolio
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Hedge portfolio is the portfolio used to separate the spot trades used to hedge the spot risk.
Unhedged CCY position
Display only.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 175
Unhedged CCY position is the estimated spot risk of the report currency.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Net cash flow
Display only.
Net cash flow is the net amount of receipts and payments for the specified tenor period.
Risk adjusted flow
Display only.
Risk adjusted flow is the forward point adjusted net cash flow.
Spot risk
Display only.
Spot risk is the difference between the net cash flow and the risk-adjusted flow.
Points AreaThe Points area is used to calculate forward points for a specified currency pair based on the associated yield curves.
176 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Points Area Layout
Points Area Ranges
CCY1
Display only.
CCY1 is the first currency in the currency pair.
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve associated with CCY1.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 177
Quote type
Display only.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
CCY2
Display only.
CCY2 is the second currency in the currency pair.
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve associated with CCY2.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Display only.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Terms
Display only.
Terms specifies whether the CCY1 rate is divided into or multiplied by the foreign currency amount to calculate the CCY2 currency amount.
Tenor
Display only.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows.
Tenor date
Display only.
178 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
CCY1 rate
Display only.
CCY1 rate is the implied interest rate for the first currency in the currency pair. CCY1 rate is calculated based on the associated yield curve.
CCY2 rate
Display only.
CCY2 rate is the implied interest rate for the second currency in the currency pair. CCY2 rate is calculated based on the associated yield curve.
Spot/Fwd. points
Display only.
Spot/Fwd. points is the spot price and forward points for the currency pair.
Offset
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Offset is the amount of adjustment to the calculated forward points.
Fwd pts.
Display only.
Fwd pts. is the adjusted forward points calculated using the offset amount.
Rates AreaThe Rates area is used to edit exchange rates and to link currency spot rates to DDE live data feeds.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 179
Rates Area Layout
Rates Area Ranges
CCY1
Display only.
CCY1 is the first currency in the currency pair.
CCY2
Display only.
CCY2 is the second currency in the currency pair.
Terms
Display only.
Terms specifies whether the CCY1 rate is divided into or multiplied by the foreign currency amount to calculate the CCY2 currency amount.
Price/DDE
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Price/DDE is the spot rate of exchange between the currencies in the currency pair. Price/DDE may be entered spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
180 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display cash flow details for a selected tenor.
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Br
Br is the current branch. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Portfolio
Portfolio is the portfolio associated with the cash flow. Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal associated with the cash flow.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 181
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Date
Date is the date the payment/receipt is made.
Receipts
Receipts is the amount received on the receipt date.
Payments
Payments is the amount paid on the payment date.
ANSR: ButtonsThe ANSR, Spot Risk Analysis screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ANSR screen.
Processing Buttons
Points
The Points button is used to display the Points area.
Get CCY
The Get CCY button is used to display the base currencies for the current branch on the Rates Area screen.
182 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ANFX: Spot Risk Analysis (NPV)
IntroductionThe ANFX, Spot Risk Analysis (NPV) workbook is used to calculate spot equivalent positions to account for changes in the foreign exchange spot rate (assuming no changes occur in the currencies underlying the interest rate term structures).
A default tenor ladder is provided and may be customized any time before the analysis is run.
Starting Spot Risk Analysis (NPV)To access the ANFX, Spot Risk Analysis (NPV) workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories.
Select Spot Risk (NPV) from the category items.
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Analysis CCY
Display only.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 183
Analysis CCY is the currency of the cash flows included in the analysis and the implied yield curve. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time.
CCY spot
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.4 digits.
CCY spot is the spot rate of exchange between the analysis currency and the source rate currency.
CCY spot is based on the information entered in the Rates area.
Source rate CCY
Display only.
Source rate CCY is the currency of the source rates used to create the implied yield curve.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days for the specified currency pair.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
184 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Totals
Display only.
Totals displays the most recent cumulative amount from the cumulative position exposure column, the total for the NPV of cash flow column and the total for the NPV in local currency column.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
Analysis Area Display Ranges
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Receipts
Receipts is the total amount of cash inflows for the specified tenor period.
Payments
Payments is the total amount of cash outflows for the specified tenor period.
Net cash flow
Net cash flow is the net amount of receipts and payments for the specified tenor period.
Cumulative position exposure
Cumulative position exposure is the cumulative amount of the net cash flows for each tenor period calculated from near to far tenors.
NPV net cash flow
NPV net cash flow is the net present value (discounted to the spot date) of the calculated net cash flows.
NPV in source currency
NPV in source currency is the source currency equivalent value of the NPV cash flow amount. The source equivalent is converted at the CCY spot rate.
Implied Rates AreaThe Implied Rates area is used to edit exchange rates, to calculate implied interest rates, and to link currency spot rates to DDE live data feeds.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 185
Implied Rates Area Layout
Implied Rates Area Ranges
Contract
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Contract is the short-term interest rate futures contract used to create source implied interest rates.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid contracts. The data must be previously entered using the FCON, Financial Futures Contract Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
CCY1
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY1 is a currency in the currency pair. The combination of CCY1 and CCY2 must be a valid currency pair displayed in the Rates area.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
CCY1 Basis
Drop-down box.
CCY1 basis is the interest rate basis of the money market rates for CCY1. The combination of CCY1 basis and CCY2 basis is used to calculate implied money market rates.
Valid bases are:
186 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
A360 (Actual/360) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
A365 (Actual/365) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Terms
Display only.
Terms specifies whether the CCY1 spot rate is multiplied by or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the CCY2 amount.
CCY2
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY2 is a currency in the currency pair. The combination of CCY2 and CCY1 must be a valid currency pair displayed in the Rates area.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
CCY2 Basis
Drop-down box.
CCY2 Basis is the interest rate basis of the money market rates for CCY2. The combination of CCY2 basis and CCY1 basis is used to calculate implied money market rates.
Valid selections for Analysis basis are:
A360 (Actual/360) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
A365 (Actual/365) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
CCY Spot
Display only.
CCY Spot is the spot rate of exchange between the analysis currency and the source rate currency.
Source rates
Drop-down box.
Source rates is the currency of the source rate used to create the implied yield curve.
Mty
Display only.
Mty is the tenor and/or the delivery code for the specified futures contract. If a contract is not entered, the default tenor structure is displayed.
Date
Display only.
Date is the tenor date or the interest end date of the delivery code for the specified futures contract.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 187
Rate/price/DDE
Required. Numeric, up to 2.4 digits.
Rate/price/DDE is the price for the futures contract. Rate/price/DDE may be an entered price or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Mty
Display only.
Mty is the tenor and/or the delivery code for the specified futures contract. If a contract is not entered, the default tenor structure is displayed.
Date
Display only.
Date is the tenor date or the interest end date of the delivery code for the specified futures contract.
Rate
Display only.
Rate is the rate used to calculate the source yield curve in the source currency. Rate is displayed when the Calc Source Rate button is selected.
Points/DDE
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Points/DDE is the premium/discount point amount. Points/DDE may be an entered number (e.g., = 10, = -365) or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Rate
Display only.
Rate is the rate used to calculate the implied yield curve in the implied currency. Rate is entered when the Calc Implied Rate button is selected.
CCY/CTR pair date
Display only.
CCY/CTR pair date is the tenor date or the interest end date of the delivery code for the specified futures contract, validated against the holiday calendar for the specified currency pair.
Rates AreaThe Rates area is used to edit exchange rates and to link currency spot rates to DDE live data feeds.
188 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Rates Area Layout
Rates Area Ranges
CCY1
Display only.
CCY1 is the first currency in the currency pair.
CCY2
Display only.
CCY2 is the second currency in the currency pair.
Terms
Display only.
Terms specifies whether the CCY1 spot rate is multiplied by or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the CCY2 amount.
Price/DDE
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Price/DDE is the spot rate of exchange between CCY1 and CCY2 of the currency pair. Price/DDE may be an entered spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 189
Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a graph of the spot risk analysis. Graphs may be printed and displayed in different formats.
Graph Area Layout
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display the cash flow details for a selected tenor.
190 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Br
Br is the current branch. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Portfolio
Portfolio is the portfolio associated with the cash flow. Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal associated with the cash flow.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 191
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Security id
Security id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Date
Date is the date the payment/receipt is made.
Receipts
Receipts is the amount received on the receipt date.
Payments
Payments is the amount paid on the payment date.
ANFX: ButtonsThe ANFX, Spot Risk Analysis (NPV) screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ANFX screen.
Processing Buttons
Implied Rates
The Implied Rates button is used to display the Implied Rates area.
Get contract
The Get contract button is used to display delivery codes or tenors for the specified futures contract.
Calc Source Rate
The Calc Source Rate button is used to calculate source interest rates. To calculate source interest rates, enter futures static data and select the Calc Source Rate button.
Calc Implied Rates
The Calc Implied Rates button is used to calculate implied interest rates. To calculate implied interest rates, enter futures static data and source interest rates. Enter the forward points/DDE link and select the Calc Implied Rates button.
192 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Get CCY
The Get CCY button is used to display all currency pairs for the current branch.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 193
ANCG: Cumulative Gap Analysis
IntroductionThe ANCG, Cumulative Gap Analysis workbook is used to calculate gap positions for known cash flows.
Starting Cumulative Gap AnalysisTo access the ANCG, Cumulative Gap Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories.
Select Cumulative Gap from the category items.
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount known cash flows to present values. Only cash flows denominated in the yield curve currency are included in the analysis.
194 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Yield curve CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Yield curve CCY is the currency of the yield curve. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. The analysis is run for the yield curve currency if no analysis currency is specified.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analysis CCY is the currency included in the analysis. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. If Analysis CCY is not entered, the yield curve currency is used.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis basis
Drop-down box.
Analysis basis is the interest rate basis used to evaluate deals. Valid bases are:
A360 (Actual/360) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
A365 (Actual/365) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 195
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Analysis Type
Drop-down box.
Analysis Type is the type of gap analysis being run. Valid analysis types are:
On-Balance sheet,
Off Balance sheet,
Both.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
196 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Analysis Area Display Ranges
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Assets
Assets is the total of the notional amounts for all assets maturing on the tenor date or during the tenor period.
Average rate
Average rate is the weighted average rate of assets maturing on the tenor date or during the tenor period.
Liabilities
Liabilities is the total of the notional amounts for all liabilities maturing on the tenor date or during the tenor period.
Average rate
Average rate is the weighted average rate of liabilities maturing on the tenor date or during the tenor period.
Matched balance
Matched balance is the liability notional amount balanced (matched) by an equivalent asset notional amount.
Spread
Spread is the average rate differential between the asset average rate and the liability average rate for the tenor.
Gap Balance
Gap Balance is the notional differential between the asset notional amount and the liability notional amount. An asset gap has a gap balance greater than zero. A liability gap has a gap balance less than zero (-).
Close out rate
Close out rate is the current zero coupon rate for the specified yield curve.
Gap net rate
Gap net rate is the average rate of the gap balance. Gap net rate is the asset average rate if the gap balance is greater than zero. Gap net rate is the liability average rate if the gap balance is less than zero.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 197
Asset Cumulative
Asset Cumulative is the cumulative amount of gap assets.
Asset Cumulative avg rate
Asset Cumulative avg rate is the average rate of the asset cumulative amount.
Liability Cumulative
Liability Cumulative is the cumulative amount of gap liabilities.
Liability Cumulative avg rate
Liability Cumulative avg rate is the average rate of the liability cumulative amount.
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used in the cumulative gap analysis.
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve and the cash flows used in the analysis.
198 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 199
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display the cash flow details for a selected tenor.
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
200 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Br
Br is the branch from which the cash flow is selected. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Portfolio
Portfolio is the portfolio associated with the cash flow. Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal associated with the cash flow.
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Security id
Security id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Date
Date is the date the payment/receipt is made.
Loans
Loans is the loan amount received on the maturity date.
Deposits
Deposits is the deposit amount paid on the maturity date.
Rate
Rate is the rate associated with the deposit or loan.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 201
ANEC: Euro Currency Consolidation Analysis
IntroductionThe ANEC, Euro Currency Consolidation Analysis workbook is used to display known cash flows in Euro currency equivalents for all financial instruments. Aggregated Euro cash flow payments and receipts are displayed and net present values are calculated in Euro currency.
The currencies and the Euro conversion rates used in the analysis are specified in the Rates area.
A default tenor ladder is provided and may be customized any time before the analysis is run.
Cash flows are discounted based on a single yield curve specified in the Analysis area.
An end date may be specified for an analysis. Cash flows occurring after the specified end date are not included in the analysis.
Cash flows can be automatically extracted from the database when an analysis is rerun.
Euro-Currency Consolidation Analysis displays a graph of cash flows, and cumulative cash flows, denominated in both the specified currency and Euro.
Euro-Currency Consolidation Analysis can access cash flows from all OPICS modules, except the following:
Foreign Currency Drafts,
Foreign Currency Teller,
Precious Metals,
Equities.
Starting Euro Currency Consolidation AnalysisTo access the ANEC, the Euro Currency Consolidation Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories.
Select Euro Currency Consolidation from the category items.
202 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Yield curve id
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount known cash flows to present values. Only cash flows denominated in the yield curve currency are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 203
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Yield curve CCY
Display only
Yield curve CCY is the currency of the yield curve. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. The analysis is run for the yield curve currency if no analysis currency is specified.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. If a cash flow file name is not entered, a default file name is assigned. Default file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
204 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Totals
Display only.
Totals displays the most recent cumulative amount from the cumulative net cash flow column, the total for the NPV of cash flow column and the total for the NPV in local currency column.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Receipts
Display only.
Receipts is the total amount of cash inflows for the specified tenor period.
Payments
Display only.
Payments is the total amount of cash outflows for the specified tenor period.
Net cash flow
Display only.
Net cash flow is the difference between receipts and payments (i.e., receipts subtracted by payments) for the specified tenor period.
Cumulative net cash flow
Display only.
Cumulative net cash flow is the cumulative amount of the net cash flows calculated from near to far tenor periods.
NPV of cash flow
Display only.
NPV of cash flow is the net present value (discounted to the spot or branch processing date depending on the specified yield curve) of the calculated net cash flows.
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used in the cash flow analysis.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 205
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve and the cash flows used in the analysis.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
206 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a graph of the cash flow analysis. Graphs may be printed or displayed in different formats.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 207
Graph Area Layout
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display the cash flow details for a selected tenor.
208 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Br
Br is the branch from which the cash flow is selected. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Portfolio
Portfolio is the portfolio associated with the cash flow. Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 209
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal associated with the cash flow.
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Security id
Security id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Date
Date is the date the payment/receipt is made.
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve.
CCY amount
CCY amount is the amount of the cash flow, denominated in the yield curve currency.
Euro amount
Euro amount is the currency amount converted to Euro currency.
Rates AreaThe Rates area is used to enter the currencies and corresponding Euro conversion rates included in the analysis. Rates can be entered or linked to DDE live data feeds.
210 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Rates Area Layout
Rates Area Ranges
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency to include in the analysis.
Price/DDE
Required. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Price/DDE is the rate of exchange between the specified currency and the Euro currency. Price/DDE may be an entered spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Mult./Div.
Display only.
Mult./Div. specifies whether the rate is multiplied or divided into the currency amount to calculate the Euro currency amount.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 211
ANFP: Foreign Exchange Position Analysis
IntroductionThe ANFP, Foreign Exchange Position Analysis worksheet is used to display a foreign exchange position and its corresponding local currency equivalent, outstanding profit or loss and its local equivalent, one-basis point risk and its local equivalent, and cost to carry and its local equivalent. The foreign currency position is displayed against a tenor structure. The tenor structure can be created manually using the Analysis worksheet or automatically using the Tenor Ladder function.
The Points worksheet in ANFP is used to calculate the forward points from currency and counter currency yield curves and spot rate. The forward points are used in the calculation of forward positions, profit or loss, one-basis point risk and cost to carry. The spot rate can be updated in real-time using a DDE capable link. Forward points can be adjusted by entering offsetting parameters.
The par rates for the currency and counter currency yield curves can be updated in real-time using DDE capable links.
Only deals entered in the Foreign Exchange module are displayed in ANFP.
Cash flows for the Foreign Exchange module must be selected by deal. This is an option in the Settings tab of the ACFS, Analytics Cash Flow Selection workbook.
The positions for Foreign Exchange deals that are non-deliverable forwards (NDF) are displayed according to the NDF position calculation date specified in the workbook. A NDF position calculation switch is included in the workbook. The NDF position calculation switch calculates the position display for the CCY Position and Base CCY Position columns. All FX deals that are not NDF are displayed according to their value date.
Fixed NDF deals are not displayed in ANFP.
The Tenor Ladder area is only available in version 5.1 and higher. It is not available in OPICS Analytics version 4.2.
Starting Foreign Exchange Position AnalysisTo access the ANFP, Foreign Exchange Position Analysis workbook, select Position Analyses from the Navigator categories.
Select Foreign Exchange from the category items.
212 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Analysis CCY
Display only.
Analysis CCY is the ISO currency code that identifies the currency of the cash flows. Analysis CCY is entered in the Points worksheet area. Cash flows analysis may be run for one currency at a time. Analysis CCY must be entered to select the Run Analysis button.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run. Refresh cash flow defaults to 'No'.
Base CCY
Display only.
Base CCY is the ISO currency code that identifies the base currency. Base CCY is determined by the yield curve entered in the Yield Curve Area.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 213
Ctrl + F2 list valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
NDF position calc.
Drop-down box.
NDF position calc. indicates whether NDF (non-deliverable forward) positions are displayed as of their fixing date or settlement date. NDF position calc. defaults to 'Fixing'.
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. If a cash flow file name is not entered, a default file name is assigned. Default file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is 'D' (day), 'W' (week), 'M' (month) or 'Y' (year).
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
CCY Position
Display only.
CCY Position is the currency amount, denominated in analysis currency. CCY Position is displayed for tenor points defined on the tenor ladder worksheet.
214 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Base CCY Position
Display only.
Base CCY Position is the currency amount, denominated in Base CCY. Base CCY Position is displayed for tenor points defined on the tenor ladder worksheet.
CCY NPV
Display only.
CCY NPV is the net present value of the currency amount, denominated in the analysis currency. CCY NPV is displayed for tenor points defined on the tenor ladder worksheet.
For NDF deals, CCY NPV is calculated using the settlement date of the deal.
Base CCY NPV
Display only.
Base CCY NPV is the net present value of the cash flows, denominated in the base currency. Base CCY NPV is displayed for tenor points defined on the tenor ladder worksheet.
For NDF deals, Base CCY NPV is calculated using the settlement date of the deal.
CCY P/L
Display only.
CCY P/L is the profit or loss for the FX position, denominated in the analysis currency. CCY P/L compares the initial position at deal entry with the current market value. This value is displayed as an NPV amount based on the yield curve specified in the Points area. CCY P/L is displayed for tenor points defined on the tenor ladder worksheet.
For NDF deals, CCY P/L is calculated using the settlement date of the deal.
Base CCY P/L
Display only.
Base CCY P/L is the profit or loss for the cash flow, denominated in the base currency. Base CCY P/L compares the initial position at deal entry with the current market value. This value is displayed as an NPV amount based on the yield curve specified in the Points area. Base CCY P/L is displayed for tenor points defined on the tenor ladder worksheet.
For NDF deals, Base CCY P/L is calculated using the settlement date of the deal.
CCY DV01
Display only.
CCY DV01 is a one basis point shift in the profit/loss (P/L), denominated in the analysis currency. CCY DV01 is displayed for tenor points defined on the tenor ladder worksheet.
For NDF deals, CCY DV01 is calculated using the fixing date of the deal.
Base CCY DV01
Display only.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 215
Base CCY DV01 is a one basis point shift in the profit/loss (P/L), denominated in the base currency. Base CCY DV01 is displayed for tenor points defined on the tenor ladder worksheet.
For NDF deals, Base CCY DV01 is calculated using the fixing date of the deal.
CCY Carry
Display only.
CCY Carry is the cost of carry, denominated in the analysis currency. Cost of carry measures the impact on P/L if a position is held for one more day. CCY Carry is displayed for tenor points defined on the tenor ladder worksheet.
For NDF deals, CCY Carry is calculated using the fixing date of the deal.
Base CCY Carry
Display only.
Base CCY Carry is the cost of carry, denominated in the base currency. Cost of carry measures the impact on P/L if a position is held for one more day. Base CCY Carry is displayed for tenor points defined on the tenor ladder worksheet.
For NDF deals, Base CCY Carry is calculated using the fixing date of the deal.
Points AreaThe Points area is used to display the implied interest rates for the Analysis CCY and Base CCY yield curves, the forward points based on the two yield curves and an area to offset the calculated forward points.
216 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Points Area Layout
Points Area Ranges
Analysis CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analysis CCY is the currency code that identifies the currency of the yield curve and the cash flows of the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 list valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id designates the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values. The currency of the yield curve selected determines the currency of the analysis. Only cash flows denominated in the yield curve currency are selected from the cash flow file for use in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Display only.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 217
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies whether the yield curve is a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Base CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Base CCY is the ISO currency code that identifies the base currency. Base CCY is determined by the yield curve entered in the Yield Curve Area.
Ctrl + F2 list valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id designates the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values. The currency of the yield curve selected determines the currency of the analysis. Only cash flows denominated in the yield curve currency are selected from the cash flow file for use in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
218 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Terms
Display only.
Terms specifies whether the Analysis CCY amount is multiplied or divided by the exchange rate to calculate the Base CCY amount.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity period used to calculate forward points. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Analysis CCY rate
Display only.
Analysis CCY rate is the interest rate calculated from the Analysis CCY yield curve.
Base CCY rate
Display only.
Base CCY rate is the interest rate calculated from the Analysis CCY yield curve.
Spot/Fwd. points
Display only.
Spot/Fwd. points is the spot price and the calculated forward points derived from the Analysis CCY and Base CCY yield curves.
Offset
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Offset adjusts the forward points calculation. Adjustments can be positive or negative.
Fwd. points
Display only.
Fwd. points is the calculated forward points, including adjustments from the offset column.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 219
Analysis CCY Yield Curve AreaThe Analysis CCY Yield Curve Area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the Analysis CCY yield curve.
Analysis CCY Yield Curve Area Layout
Analysis CCY Yield Curve Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve. CCY also displays the currency of the analysis (i.e., cash flows) and the spot rate converting the flows to base currency equivalents.
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
220 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Last date
Display only.
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated. The analysis uses the most recent yield curve data in the database.
Financial center
Display only.
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Display only.
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Display only.
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Regenerate Curve
Drop down box.
Regenerate Curve indicates whether the yield curve is regenerated to include modifications made on the yield curve worksheet.
Maturity
Display only.
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Display only.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 221
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Rate type
Display only.
Rate type indicates the type of interest rate used in the construction of the yield curve. Valid rate types are 'Cash', 'Futures', 'FRA', 'Swap', 'Bond' and 'Spread'.
Rate type is blank if the tenor point is interpolated
Current rate
Required, Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Current rate is the interest rate generated from the yield curve.
Spread
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Spread is the amount the current rate is adjusted for analysis. Spread can be DDE linked for real-time analysis.
Par rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Par rate is the contributing interest rate used to calculate the discount factors for the specified yield curve. If a futures strip is used to create the yield curve, Par rate must be the futures prices (for Rate type 'Future').
DF tdy
Display only.
DF tdy is the discount factor associated with the yield curve generated on the current branch processing date.
DF yst
Display only.
DF yst is the discount factor associated with the yield curve generated on the previous branch processing date.
DF_01 tdy
Display only.
DF_01 tdy is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated on the current branch processing date.
DF_01 yst
Display only.
DF_01 yst is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated on the previous branch processing date.
222 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Interpolated
Display only.
Interpolated indicates whether the tenor point is interpolated ('Y' for yes, 'N' for no).
Base CCY Yield Curve AreaThe Base CCY Yield Curve Area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the Base CCY yield curve.
Base CCY Yield Curve Area Layout
Base CCY Yield Curve Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve. CCY also displays the currency of the analysis (i.e., cash flows) and the spot rate converting the flows to base currency equivalents.
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 223
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Display only.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Last date
Display only.
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated. The analysis uses the most recent yield curve data in the database.
Financial center
Display only.
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Display only.
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Display only.
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Regenerate Curve
Drop down box.
Regenerate Curve indicates whether the yield curve is regenerated to include modifications made on the yield curve worksheet.
Maturity
Display only.
224 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Display only.
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Rate type
Display only.
Rate type identifies the type of interest rate used in the construction of the yield curve. Valid rate types are 'Cash', 'Futures', 'FRA', 'Swap', 'Bond' and 'Spread'.
Rate type is blank if the tenor point is interpolated
Current rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Current rate is the par rate generated from the yield curve. Current rate can be DDE linked for real-time analysis.
Spread
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Spread is the amount the current rate is adjusted for analysis. Spread rate can be DDE linked for real-time analysis.
Par rate
Display only.
Par rate is the contributing interest rate used to calculate the discount factors for the specified yield curve. If a futures strip is used to create the yield curve, Par rate must be the futures prices (for Rate type 'Future').
DF tdy
Display only.
DF tdy is the discount factor associated with the yield curve generated on the current branch processing date.
DF yst
Display only.
DF yst is the discount factor associated with the yield curve generated on the previous branch processing date.
DF_01 tdy
Display only.
DF_01 tdy is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated on the current branch processing date.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 225
DF_01 yst
Display only.
DF_01 yst is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated on the previous branch processing date.
Interpolated
Display only.
Interpolated indicates whether the tenor point is interpolated ('Y' for yes, 'N' for no).
Rates AreaThe Rates area displays currencies, rates and terms for the currencies in the current branch. Exchange rates can be edited and live currency spot rates can be linked to live data feeds through DDE links.
Rates Area Layout
Rates Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the spot rate quote against the base currency of the branch.
226 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Price/DDE
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Price/DDE is the spot rate of exchange between the yield curve currency and the branch base currency. Price/DDE may be an entered spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Mult./Div.
Display only.
Mult./Div. specifies whether the rate is multiplied or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the local currency amount.
Custom Tenor Ladder AreaThe Custom Tenor Ladder Area is used to define tenor ladders for use in the analysis. Up to fifty tenor rules may be included in the construction of a tenor ladder.
Custom Tenor Ladder Area Layout
Custom Tenor Ladder Area Ranges
Start date
Required.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 227
Start date is the beginning date of the construction of the tenor ladder set. Valid entries are 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT' or a numerical value followed by a 'D' (day), 'M' (month) or 'Y' (year).
Term/End date
Required. Date format.
Term/End date is the term of the tenor set or the last date for the construction of the tenor ladder set. Valid entries are:
Numerical values followed by a 'D' (day), 'M' (month) or 'Y' (year).
'E' designates the end of the month referred to by the previous tenor rule in the Term/End date column. For example, if the previous tenor is '10 March 2000' and an 'E' is placed in the next tenor rule, the date of that tenor is '31 March 2000'.
'X' designates the end of the year referred to by the previous tenor rule in the Term/End date column. For example, if the previous tenor is '10 November 2000' and an 'X' is placed in the next tenor rule, the date of that tenor is '31 December 2000'.
Tenor day
Optional.
Tenor day is the day of the tenor. The following are valid entries:
Numerical values between '1' and '31' indicate the day of the month (if Term interval is 'Monthly') or day of the week (if Term interval is 'Weekly' and the value entered is less than or equal to '7').
'E' designates the end of the month referred to by the previous tenor rule in the Term/End date column. For example, if the previous tenor is '10 March 2000' and an 'E' is placed in the next tenor rule, the date of that tenor is '31 March 2000'.
Tenor interval
Required. Combo box.
Tenor interval is the date interval of the tenor. Valid tenor intervals are:
Daily,
Weekly,
Monthly,
Annual.
Tenor addition
Optional.
Tenor addition is used to add specific tenors or dates to the construction of the tenor ladder. Valid entries are 'O/N', 'TOM' or 'SPOT', or numerical values followed by a 'D' (Day), 'M' (Month) or 'Y' (Year), or a specific date.
Tenor display
Display only.
Tenor display is the current tenor construction.
228 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display the cash flow details for a selected tenor.
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered manually in the format nnX where nn is the number of days, months or years and X is 'D' (day), 'W' (week) or 'Y' (year). 'SPOT' also is a valid entry. The template workbook contains a default tenor structure for the analysis.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Br
Br is the current branch. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 229
Portfolio
Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal.
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the deal (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
The combination of product code and product type identifies a specific financial instrument. For example, 'FXD' is a valid product code for foreign exchange.
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the deal (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
The combination of product code and product type identifies a specific financial instrument. For example, 'FX' is a valid type for foreign exchange.
CCY/CTR
CCY/CTR is the currency pair associated with the foreign exchange deal number.
Position
Position is the currency amount, denominated in analysis currency. Position is displayed for tenor points selected on the tenor ladder worksheet.
P/L
P/L is the profit or loss for the FX position, denominated in the analysis currency. This value is displayed as an NPV amount based on the yield curve specified in the Points area. P/L is displayed for tenor points selected on the tenor ladder worksheet.
DV01
DV01 is a one basis point shift in the profit/loss (P/L), denominated in the analysis currency. DV01 is displayed for tenor points selected on the tenor ladder worksheet.
Carry
Carry is the cost of carry, denominated in the analysis currency. Cost of carry measures the impact on P/L if a position is held for one more day. Carry is displayed for tenor points selected on the tenor ladder worksheet.
ANFP: ButtonsThe ANFP, The ANFP, Foreign Exchange Position Analysis screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ANFP screen.
230 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Processing Buttons
Points
The Points button is used to display the forward points, maturity dates and implied interest rates of Analysis CCY and Base CCY.
Tenor Ladder
The Tenor Ladder button is used to display or build a custom tenor ladder. An operator can enter a specific date or tenor designation by selecting a tenor day, tenor interval, start date and end date.
Calculate
The Calculate button is used to recompute the local currency equivalent of the present valued cash flows of the analysis.
Get Rates
The Get Rates button is used to retrieve rate information.
Construct Ladder
The Construct Ladder button is used to create a tenor ladder according to the start date, end date, tenor day and tenor interval specified by the operator.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 231
ANCT: Cost to Close Analysis
IntroductionThe ANCT, Cost to Close Analysis worksheet is used to evaluate and quantify a portfolio’s profitability using current market rates. A portfolio’s profitability is measured in three ways:
Closed Position NRFF (Net Revenue from Funds) is the locked-in profit or loss for the matched portion between assets and liabilities of a tenor bucket. Closed Position NRFF is calculated by multiplying the matched balance by the spread between the average asset interest rate and the average liability interest rate.
Open Position NRFF is the profit or loss for the unmatched portion of a tenor bucket. Open Position NRFF is made up of two sections. The first is the amount of interest income (for assets) or expense (for liabilities) involved in closing the unmatched notional amounts. The second is the inclusion of the current interest income or interest expense in the unmatched notional amounts.
Total Position NRFF is the sum of Closed Position NRFF and Open Position NRFF. This amount is the total income or expense derived from the current position.
ANCT also calculates two sensitivity measures. The first measure is an average outstanding gap’s sensitivity to a positive one-basis point shift. The second measure is an average outstanding gap’s sensitivity to a negative one-basis point shift calculated using the cumulative number of days of each tenor.
The ANCT workbook differs from other Analytic workbooks in terms of tenor ladder creation. In ANCT, an operator can create a tenor ladder using standard tenors, actual dates or a combination of both. For example, a standard tenor is ‘1M’ or ‘6M’. In ANCT, an operator may specify an actual date, such as ‘15 Jun 1999’. Entering a specific date causes the corresponding tenor date to match the date entered as the tenor. In addition, the tenor designation ‘E’ is available to specify the end of month referred to by the previous tenor date. For example, if the ‘1W’ tenor date is ‘2 Feb 1999’, the ‘E’ tenor designation signals a date of ‘28 Feb 1999’.
ANCT buckets the deal notional amounts in a far to near manner across the tenor bucket structure (as is done in the ANCG, Cumulative Gap Analysis workbook). However, deal notional amounts that mature on a date other than the tenor date of the maturity bucket are pro-rated. The pro-rated notional amount is calculated by multiplying the notional amount by the number of days between the start of the tenor bucket and the deal’s maturity date.
Starting Cost to Close AnalysisTo access the ANCT, Cost to Close Analysis workbook, select the ANCT Excel workbook from the Analytics directory.
232 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to specify the market bid and offered rates. The yield curve range must be entered before Run Analysis is selected. Yield curve id used must be generated with both bid rates and offered rates. These rates are created and maintained on the YCRT, Closing Rate Maintenance screen and on the YCRS, Yield Curve Rate Selection screen.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Yield curve CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 233
Yield curve CCY is the currency of the yield curve. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. The analysis is run for the yield curve currency if no analysis currency is specified.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analysis CCY is the currency included in the analysis. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. If Analysis CCY is not entered, the yield curve currency is used.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis basis
Drop-down box.
Analysis basis is the interest rate basis used to evaluate deals. Valid bases are:
A360 (Actual/360) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
A365 (Actual/365) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Spot date
Display only.
234 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Analysis Type
Drop-down box.
Analysis type is the type of gap analysis run. Valid analysis types are:
On-Balance sheet,
Off Balance sheet,
Both.
Totals
Display only.
Totals displays the sum of Closed Position NRFF, Open Position NRFF, Total Position NRFF, Sensitivity to 1% rate change, and Yield Curve sensitivity.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
Tenor also can be entered as a specific date. For example, July 15, 1999 can be entered as '15 Jul 1999' or '7/15/99'.
‘E’ is a valid tenor. ‘E’ specifies the end of the month referred to by the previous tenor date. For example, if the ‘1W’ tenor date is ‘2 Feb 1999’ and an ‘E’ tenor is displayed after ‘1W’ tenor, ‘28 Feb 1999’ is used as the tenor date.
A default set of tenors is provided in the analysis.
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Market bid rate
Display only.
Market bid rate is the bid par rate from the designated yield curve.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 235
Market offered rate
Display only.
Market offered rate is the offered par rate from the designated yield curve.
Net Avg. Gap Outstanding
Display only.
Net avg. gap outstanding is the gap associated with the netting of the average assets outstanding and the average liabilities outstanding.
Average breakeven rate
Display only.
Average breakeven rate is the rate required to break even due to a rate mismatch for a given tenor.
Average market rate
Display only.
Average market rate is the weighted average of the market rates at which the outstanding gap is closed.
Closed Position NRFF
Display only.
Closed Position NRFF is the locked-in profit or loss associated with the matched portion between assets and liabilities of a tenor bucket. Closed Position NRFF is calculated by multiplying the matched balance by the spread between the average asset interest rate and the average liability interest rate.
Open Position NRFF
Display only.
Open Position NRFF is the profit or loss associated with the unmatched portion of a tenor bucket. Open Position NRFF is made up of the amount of interest income (for assets) or expense (for liabilities) involved in closing the unmatched notional amounts and the inclusion of the current interest income or interest expense in the unmatched notional amount.
Total Position NRFF
Display only.
Total Position NRFF is the sum of Closed Position NRFF and Open Position NRFF. Total Position NRFF is the total income or expense derived from the current position.
Sensitivity to 1% rate change
Display only.
Sensitivity to 1% rate change is the average outstanding gap’s sensitivity to a positive one-basis point shift.
236 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Discounted EAR
Display only.
Discounted EAR is the net present value of the gap sensitivity to 1% change in the interest rates.
Yield curve sensitivity
Display only.
Yield curve sensitivity is the average outstanding gap’s sensitivity to a negative one-basis point shift, calculated using the cumulative number of days of each tenor.
Net change
Display only.
Net change is the difference between Outstanding Gap at month end for the current tenor and Outstanding Gap at month end for the following tenor.
Outstanding Gap at month end
Display only.
Outstanding Gap at month end is the non-averaged cumulative asset or liability gap at the end of the tenor period.
Bid Yield Curve AreaThe Bid Yield Curve Area is used to display information for the yield curve used in the cash flow analysis. Maturity dates and discount factors for the selected yield curve are displayed in this area.
Bid Yield Curve Area Layout
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 237
Bid Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve. CCY also determines the currency of the analysis (i.e., cash flows) and the spot rate converting the flows to base currency equivalents.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id identifies the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Shift seq.
Shift seq. is the sequence number assigned by OPICS to the yield curve. Shift seq defaults to ‘000’ for the base (unshifted) curve. Shift sequence is displayed when a yield curve is selected.
Description
Description is the text that describes the yield curve. The yield curve description is displayed when a yield curve is retrieved from the database.
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
238 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Offer Yield Curve AreaThe Offer Yield Curve Area is used to display information for the yield curve used in the cash flow analysis. Maturity dates and discount factors for the selected yield curve are displayed in this area.
Offer Yield Curve Area Layout
Offer Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve and the cash flows used in the analysis.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 239
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display the cash flow details for a selected tenor.
240 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Br
Br is the current branch. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 241
Portfolio
Portfolio is the portfolio associated with the cash flow. Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal associated with the cash flow.
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Sec id
Sec id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Date
Date is the date the payment/receipt is made.
Receipts
Receipts is the amount received on the receipt date.
Payments
Payments is the amount paid on the payment date.
242 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Chapter 6 Risk Reporting
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 243
IntroductionThe Analytics workbooks and OPICS screen used to report market and credit risk in a group of exposures are:
The ANVR, Value at Risk workbook is used to calculate and display market risk based on selected cash flows and volatility/correlation data imported from external sources.
The ANEX, Exposure Analysis workbook is used to calculate and display credit equivalent exposure and gross exposure for active or pending OPICS deals.
The ANSA, Scenario Analysis workbook is used to measure interest rate sensitivity for selected cash flows for yield curve rate shift scenarios.
The ANTS, Tenor Sensitivity Analysis workbook is used to calculate and display the effects of an interest rate shock to one or more tenor points
The RPRA, FX Risk Position Report screen is used to display currency exposure based on on-balance and off-balance positions in currencies other than the branch base currency.
244 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ANVR: Value at Risk
IntroductionThe ANVR, Value at Risk workbook is used to calculate and display market risk based on selected cash flows and volatility/correlation data imported from external sources. Value at Risk calculates market risk using a parametric risk measurement approach similar to JP Morgan's Risk Metrics™ methodology.
Cash flows may be accessed from all OPICS modules except FX Teller, FX Drafts, Precious Metals and Equities.
A default tenor ladder is provided and may be customized any time before the analysis is run.
ANVR Worksheets
Analysis
The Analysis worksheet is used to calculate and display the correlated and uncorrelated maximum expected losses (within a specified confidence level) over a 1 day (or longer) holding period for a group of exposures.
Mapping
The Mapping worksheet is used to associate OPICS maturities and systems with Value at Risk dataset asset maturities.
Convert File Base CCY
The Convert File Base CCY worksheet is used to convert correlation and volatility files from one currency to another.
Correlation and Volatility File Header
The Correlation and Volatility File Header worksheet is used to identify the correlation and volatility files used in the analysis.
Starting Value at RiskTo access the ANVR, Value at Risk workbook, select Risk Reports from the Navigator categories.
Select DEaR/VaR from the category items.
Selecting ANVR WorksheetsSelect one of the following tabs at the bottom of the ANVR, Value at Risk workbook:
VaR Analysis,
Mapping,
Convert CCY,
File Header.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 245
ANVR: VaR Analysis
IntroductionThe VaR Analysis worksheet is used to calculate and display the correlated and uncorrelated maximum expected losses (within a specified confidence level) over a one day (or longer) holding period for a group of exposures.
Correlated risk is calculated using the following:
the mapping structure defined on the Mapping worksheet,
the data in the cash flow file correlated with other assets,
volatility factors and the correlation matrix from the correlation and volatility file header.
Uncorrelated risk is calculated using the following:
the mapping structure defined on the Mapping worksheet,
the data in the cash flow file,
the volatility factors from the correlation and volatility file header.
Uncorrelated risk is more conservative than correlated risk.
Starting VaR AnalysisTo access the ANVR, Value at Risk workbook, select Risk Reports from the Navigator categories. Select DEaR/VaR from the category items.
Select the VaR Analysis tab at the bottom of the ANVR, Value at Risk workbook.
246 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow file names are located in the OPXANA/user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
VaR dataset name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 247
VaR dataset name is the name of the header file that references the correlation and volatility files required to generate market risk measures. VaR dataset name includes the location and name of the header file.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid VaR datasets. The data must be previously entered using the Correlation and Volatility File Header worksheet in the ANVR, Value at Risk Analysis workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Include initial cash flows
Drop-down box.
Include initial cash flows indicates whether to include or exclude initial cash flows for Fixed Income and Deposit and Loans deals in the value at risk calculation.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the VaR dataset file.
Confidence interval
Display only.
Confidence interval is the statistical level of certainty that the actual result is within the interval specified by the calculated results, based on the current dataset volatilities.
Analysis CCY
Display only.
Analysis CCY is the currency of the correlated and uncorrelated risk.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Data type
Display only.
Data type is the standard used to calculate risk. Valid data types are:
RM JP Morgan's Risk Metrics™
B.I.S Bank for International Settlements capital adequacy standard
Other Operator defined.
File date
Display only.
File date is the date of the data in the correlation and volatility file header.
(Uncorrelated Risk) VaR term
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
(Uncorrelated Risk) VaR term is the number of days for which uncorrelated value at risk is calculated. VaR term is entered in the format 'xxxD', where xxx is the number of days and D is the tenor.
248 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
The first VaR term is based on the number of days specified in the data file used to generate the market risk measure. Subsequent VaR terms must be greater than the first VaR term.
(Uncorrelated Risk) Confidence interval
Optional. Numeric, up to 2.2 digits.
(Uncorrelated) Confidence interval is the statistical level of certainty that the actual uncorrelated risk is within the interval specified by the calculated results. Confidence interval is entered as a number between '0' and '100'.
(Correlated Risk) VaR term
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
(Correlated) VaR term is the number of days for which correlated value at risk is calculated. VaR term is entered in the format 'xxxD', where xxx is the number of days and D is the tenor.
The first VaR term is based on the measurement days of the data file used to create the risk number. Subsequent VaR terms must be greater than the first VaR term.
(Correlated Risk) Confidence interval
Optional. Numeric, up to 2.2 digits.
(Correlated) Confidence interval is the statistical level of certainty that the actual correlated risk is within the interval specified by the calculated results. Confidence interval is entered as a number between '0' and '100'.
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display the risk details for a selected confidence interval.
Details Area Layout
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 249
Details Area Display Ranges
Cash flow file name
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file.
VaR dataset name
VaR dataset name is the name of the header file that references the correlation and volatility files required to generate market risk measures. VaR dataset name includes the location and name of the header file.
Description
Description is text that describes the VaR dataset file.
Confidence interval
Confidence interval is the statistical level of certainty that the actual result is within the interval specified by the calculated results, based on the current dataset volatilities.
Analysis CCY
Analysis CCY is the currency of the correlated and uncorrelated risk.
Data type
Data type is the standard used to calculate risk.
Valid data types are:
RM JP Morgan's Risk Metrics™
B.I.S Bank for International Settlements capital adequacy standard
Other Operator defined.
File date
File date is the date of the data in the correlation and volatility file header.
Totals
Totals is the total risk for the financial instrument in the corresponding column.
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value of the calculated value at risk.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor.
250 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Foreign exchange
Foreign exchange is the summary spot foreign exchange risk for the specified tenor.
Money market
Money market is the summary money market risk for the specified tenor.
Fixed income
Fixed income is the summary fixed income risk for the specified tenor.
Repos
Repos is the summary repo risk for the specified tenor.
Internal deals
Internal deals is the summary internal deal risk for the specified tenor.
Swaps
Swaps is the summary swap risk for the specified tenor.
FRAs
FRAs is the summary FRA risk for the specified tenor.
Options
Options is the summary of over the counter and exchange traded option risk for the specified tenor.
Futures
Futures is the summary futures risk for the specified tenor.
Fees
Fees is the summary fee risk for the specified tenor.
Equity
Reserved for future use.
Commodities
Reserved for future use.
Other
Other is the summary risk of other (not itemized) financial instruments for the specified tenor.
Totals
Totals is the total risk for the specified tenor.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 251
Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a graph of the value at risk analysis. Graphs may be printed and displayed in different formats.
Graph Area Layout
252 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ANVR: Mapping
IntroductionThe ANVR, Mapping worksheet is used to enter and maintain static data required to map OPICS deals to asset class and maturity structures in the correlation and volatility files.
The asset class and maturity structures must be consistent with the Risk Metrics correlation and volatility files.
Starting MappingTo access the ANVR, Value at Risk workbook, select Risk Reports from the Navigator categories. Select DEaR/VaR from the category items.
Select the Mapping tab at the bottom of the ANVR, Value at Risk workbook.
Mapping Area
Mapping Area Layout
Mapping Area Ranges
CCY
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 253
CCY is the currency or commodity for which correlation and volatility data is entered.
Default currency/commodity codes are:
CAD Canadian dollar ITL Italian lira
USD US dollar NLG Dutch guilder
ATS Austrian schilling NOK Norwegian kroner
BEF Belgian franc PTE Portuguese escudo
CHF Swiss franc SEK Swedish krona
DEM Deutsche mark XEU ECU
DKK Danish kroner AUD Australian dollar
ESP Spanish peseta HKD Hong Kong dollar
FIM Finnish mark JPY Japanese yen
FRF French franc NZD New Zealand dollar
GBP Sterling SGD Singapore dollar
IEP Irish punt ALU Aluminum
COP Copper GAS Natural gas
GLD Gold HTO NY #2 heating oil
NIC Nickel PLA Platinum
SLV Silver UNL Unleaded gas
WTI WTI crude oil ZNC Zinc
OPICS mty
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
OPICS mty is the tenor for which correlation and volatility data is entered. OPICS mty is the designated maturity for the value at risk calculation.
Asset maturity
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Asset maturity is a code that references the correlation and volatility data for the specified currency/commodity and tenor.
Default OPICS tenors (maturities) and their corresponding asset maturity codes include the following:
Maturity FX Money Mkt. Swaps Bonds Equities Commodities
Spot XS SE C00
1M R030
3M R090 C03
6M R180 C06
12M R360 C12
15M C15
18M C18
2Y S02 Z02 C24
254 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
27M C27
3Y S03 Z03 C36
4Y S04 Z04
5Y S05 Z05
7Y S07 Z07
9Y S09 Z09
10Y S10 Z10
15Y Z15
20Y Z20
30Y Z30
OPICS SYST
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
OPICS SYST identifies the database table where deals of the specified currency/commodity are maintained in OPICS.
Default entries for OPICS SYST are:
SYST Module
FXDH Foreign Exchange
SECM Fixed Income
OTDT OTC
ETDH Exchange Traded
FXIH Internal Deals
FEES Fees
RPRH Repo/Reverse
SWDH Swaps
SWOP Swap Options
CPFL Caps/Floors
DLDT Deposit and Loans
FFDH Futures
FRDT FRAs
ACCT Call and Notice
Contract code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 20 characters.
Contract code identifies the security underlying futures contracts.
Beta
Reserved for future use.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 255
ANVR: Convert File Base CCY
IntroductionThe Convert File Base CCY worksheet is used to convert correlation and volatility files from one currency to another.
Starting Convert File Base CCYTo access the ANVR, Value at Risk workbook, select Risk Reports from the Navigator categories. Select DEaR/VaR from the category items.
Select the Convert CCY tab at the bottom of the ANVR, Value at Risk workbook.
Convert File Base CCY Area
Convert File Base CCY Area Layout
Convert File Base CCY Area Ranges
(Source) VaR dataset name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
256 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
(Source) VaR dataset name is the name of the header file that references the correlation and volatility files to convert to a different currency. VaR dataset name includes the location and name of the header file.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid VaR datasets. The data must be previously entered using the Correlation and Volatility File Header worksheet in the ANVR, Value at Risk Analysis workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
(Source) Description
Display only.
(Source) Description is text that describes the VaR dataset file.
File date
Display only.
File date is the date of the data in the correlation and volatility file header.
File base CCY
Display only.
File base CCY is the base currency of the correlation and volatility files.
(Source) Volatility File path/name
Display only.
(Source) Volatility File path/name is the name of the volatility file to convert to a different currency. Volatility File path/name includes the location and name of the volatility file.
(Source) Correlation File path/name
Display only.
(Source) Correlation File path/name is the name of the correlation file to convert to a different currency. Correlation File path/name includes the location and name of the volatility file.
Holding Period
Display only.
Holding Period is the holding period used to calculate the imported volatility numbers.
The Risk Metrics™ trading day dataset, the Risk Metrics™ investing dataset and the Regulatory dataset use a one day holding period.
Data type
Display only.
Data type is the standard used to calculate risk. Valid data types are:
RM JP Morgan's Risk Metrics™
B.I.S Bank for International Settlements capital adequacy standard
Other Operator defined.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 257
Confidence interval
Display only.
Confidence interval is the statistical level of certainty that the actual result is within the interval specified by the calculated results, based on the current dataset volatilities.
Last maintenance date
Display only.
Last maintenance date is the date the file header is created for the correlation and volatility files.
(Conversion) VaR dataset name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
(Conversion) VaR dataset name is the name of the header file that references the converted correlation and volatility files. VaR dataset name includes the location and name of the header file.
(Conversion) Description
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 40 characters.
(Conversion) Description is the text description of the VaR dataset file.
Analysis CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analysis CCY is the new (conversion) base currency of the correlation and volatility files.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
(Conversion) Volatility File path/name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 50 characters.
(Conversion) Volatility File path/name is the name of the converted volatility file. Volatility File path/name includes the location and name of the volatility file.
(Conversion) Correlation File path/name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 50 characters
(Conversion) Correlation File path/name is the name of the converted correlation file. Correlation File path/name includes the location and name of the correlation file.
258 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ANVR: Correlation and Volatility File Header
IntroductionThe Correlation and Volatility File Header worksheet is used to enter and maintain static data about the correlation and volatility files used for value at risk calculations (e.g., location, currency).
Correlation and volatility files must be in a comma delimited format with the structure of RiskMetrics correlation and volatility files.
Starting Correlation and Volatility File HeaderTo access the ANVR, Value at Risk workbook, select Risk Reports from the Navigator categories. Select DEaR/VaR from the category items.
Select the File Header tab at the bottom of the ANVR, Value at Risk workbook.
Correlation and Volatility File Header Area
Correlation and Volatility File Header Area Layout
Correlation and Volatility File Header Area Ranges
VaR dataset name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 259
VaR dataset name is the name of the header file that references the correlation and volatility files required to generate market risk measures. VaR dataset name includes the location and name of the header file.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid VaR datasets. The data must be previously entered using the Correlation and Volatility File Header worksheet in the ANVR, Value at Risk Analysis workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 40 characters.
Description is text that describes the VaR dataset file.
File date
Optional. Date format.
File date is the date of the data in the correlation and volatility file header. File date defaults to the branch processing date.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
File base CCY
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
File base CCY is the base currency of the correlation and volatility files. File base CCY defaults to 'USD'.
Ctrl + F2 list valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Volatility File path/name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 50 characters.
Volatility File path/name is the name of the volatility file required to generate market risk measures. Volatility File path/name includes the location and name of the volatility file.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid volatility file names. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Correlation File path/name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 50 characters.
Correlation File path/name is the name of the correlation file required to generate market risk measures. Correlation File path/name includes the location and name of the correlation file.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid Correlation File path/names. To enter an item into the range select it from the list.
Holding Period
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Holding Period is the holding period used to calculate the imported volatility numbers. Holding period is entered in the format 'xxxD', where xxx is the number of days.
The Risk Metrics™ trading day dataset, the Risk Metrics™ investing dataset and the Regulatory dataset use a one day holding period.
260 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Data type
Drop-down box.
Data type is the standard used to calculate risk. Valid data types are:
RM JP Morgan's Risk Metrics™
B.I.S Bank for International Settlements capital adequacy standard
Other Operator defined.
Confidence interval
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 2.2 characters.
Confidence interval is the statistical level of certainty that the actual result is within the interval specified by the calculated results, based on the current dataset volatilities.
Confidence interval defaults to '95'.
Last maintenance date
Display only.
Last maintenance date is the date the file header is created for the correlation and volatility file.
ANVR: ButtonsThe ANVR, Value at Risk workbook screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ANVR screen.
Processing Buttons
Asset
The Asset button is used to display a graph of the risk analysis details by asset class.
Maturity
The Maturity button is used to display a graph of the risk analysis details by maturity ladder.
Asset/Maturity
The Asset/Maturity button is used to display a graph of the risk analysis details by both asset class and maturity ladder.
Convert
The Convert button is used to convert a correlation and volatility file. To convert the file, enter the VaR dataset name, analysis currency, volatility file path/name and correlation file path/name for the converted file. Select the Convert button.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 261
ANEX: Exposure Analysis
IntroductionThe ANEX, Exposure Analysis workbook is used to calculate and display credit equivalent exposure and gross exposure for active or pending OPICS deals.
Exposures are summarized using operator specified criteria.
Counterparty risk weighting factors may be specified for each customer to calculate the 'risk-weighted exposure' to the customer (from the credit equivalent exposure).
Exposure analysis may include exposure flows from deals entered using the following OPICS modules:
Deposits and Loans (asset deals),
Foreign Exchange,
Fixed Income (security positions),
Repurchase Agreements,
Forward Rate Agreements,
Swaps,
OTC Options (FX purchases, FX sales, fixed income purchases),
Swap Options (purchased deals, sold putable deals and sold put/call deals that settle as swap transactions when exercised),
Caps and Floors (purchased deals),
Call and Notice (asset accounts).
Starting Exposure AnalysisTo access the ANEX, Exposure Analysis workbook, select Risk Reports from the Navigator categories.
Select Credit Risk from the category items.
262 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analysis Area Ranges
Exposure flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Exposure flow file name is the name of the file containing the exposure flows included in the analysis. Exposure flow file name includes the location and name of the file.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid exposure flow files. The data must be previously entered using the Exposure Flow worksheet in the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the exposure flow file is updated from the exposure flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Report CCY
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Report CCY is the currency in which exposure amounts are denominated.
Report CCY defaults to the base currency for the branch.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 263
Rating agency 1
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Rating agency 1 is the rating agency that assigns the customer credit rating.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid rating agencies. The data must be previously entered using the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Rating agency 2
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Rating agency 2 is the rating agency that assigns the customer credit rating.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid rating agencies. The data must be previously entered using the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Number of customers
Display only.
Number of customers is the total number of customers for whom exposure is calculated.
Customer
Display only.
Customer is the name of the customer for whom exposure is calculated based on the exposure flows contained in the specified exposure flow file.
Customer number
Display only.
Customer number is the customer number on each exposure flow in the exposure flow file.
Risk weighting
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.2 digits.
Risk weighting is a percentage multiplied by credit exposure amounts to calculate risk weighted exposure amounts.
Risk weighting is entered as a percentage (e.g., '50' for 50.00%).
Risk weighting defaults to '100.00'. Risk weighting may be amended after the exposure analysis is run.
Agency 1 rating
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Agency 1 rating is the customer credit rating assigned by Rating Agency 1.
264 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Customer credit ratings are maintained using the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen.
Agency 2 rating
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Agency 2 rating is the customer credit rating assigned by Rating Agency 2.
Customer credit ratings are maintained using the CRDR, Customer Credit Rating Maintenance screen.
(Committed Deals) Gross exposure
Display only.
(Committed Deals) Gross exposure is the total gross exposure for all active and forward-valued deals with the specified customer (from the exposure flow file).
(Committed Deals) Credit equivalent exposure
Display only.
(Committed Deals) Credit equivalent exposure is the total credit equivalent exposure for all active and forward-valued deals with the specified customer (from the exposure flow file).
(Committed Deals) Risk weighted exposure
Display only.
(Committed Deals) Risk weighted exposure is the product of the risk weighting and credit equivalent exposures for active and forward-valued deals for the specified customer.
(Utilized Deals) Gross exposure
Display only.
(Utilized Deals) Gross exposure is the total gross exposure for all currently active deals for the specified customer (from the exposure flow file).
(Utilized Deals) Credit equivalent exposure
Display only.
(Utilized Deals) Credit equivalent exposure is the total credit equivalent exposure for all currently active deals for the specified customer (from the exposure flow file).
(Utilized Deals) Risk weighted exposure
Display only.
(Utilized Deals) Risk weighted exposure is the product of Risk weighting and Credit equivalent exposure for Customer.
Country/ult
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Country/ult is the code of the customer's country of ultimate risk.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 265
Country codes are defined using the COUN, Country Code Maintenance screen.
A customer's country of ultimate risk is assigned using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen.
Country/res
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Country/res is the code of the customer's country of residence.
Country codes are defined using the COUN, Country Code Maintenance screen.
A customer's country of residence is assigned using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen.
SIC
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
SIC is a standard industry code that identifies the customer's type of business.
Standard industry codes are defined using the SICO, Standard Industry Codes screen.
A customer's standard industry code is assigned using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen.
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display individual exposures for deal with a specified customer.
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Customer
Customer is the name of the customer for whom exposure flows are displayed.
266 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Customer number
Customer number is the number of the customer for whom exposure flows are displayed.
CCY
CCY is the currency in which the exposure amounts are denominated.
Branch
Branch is the branch where the deal is made. Branch identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Product code
Product code identifies the product module of the deal (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module of the deal (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal.
Security id/Account no
Security id/Account no is the security associated with the cash flow or the number of the customer's account.
Gross exposure
Gross exposure is the total gross exposure for the deal.
Credit equivalent exposure
Credit equivalent exposure is the total credit equivalent exposure for the deal.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the date the deal matures.
Start date
Start date is the date the deal takes value.
Summary AreaThe Summary area is used to display summary statistics for exposure flows based on specified criteria.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 267
Summary Area Layout
Summary Area Ranges
Summarize by
Drop-down box.
Summarize by specified how exposures are aggregated (e.g., MTY, Country/ult).
Minimum risk weight
Required. Numeric, up to 3.2 digits.
Minimum risk weight is the minimum customer risk weight required to include an exposure in the statistics summary. Only exposures with a risk weight greater than or equal to the minimum risk weight and less than or equal to the maximum risk weight are included in the summary.
Minimum risk weight is entered as a percentage (e.g., '50' for a minimum risk weighting of 50.00 %).
Minimum risk weight is displayed only if Summarize by is 'Risk weighting'.
Maximum
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Maximum is the maximum maturity or risk weight required to include an exposure in the statistics summary.
Maximum must be entered if Summarize by is 'MTY' or 'Risk weighting'.
268 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
If Summarize by is 'MTY', Maximum is displayed as 'Maximum MTY'. Only exposures with a maturity less than or equal to the entered maximum are included in the summary. Maximum MTY is entered as a tenor period in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, months or years and X is D (day), M (month) or Y (year).
If Summarize by is 'Risk weighting', Maximum is displayed as 'Maximum risk weight'. Only exposures with a risk weight greater than or equal to the minimum risk weight and less than or equal to the maximum risk weight are included in the summary. Maximum risk weight is entered as a percentage (e.g., '50' for a maximum risk weight of 50.00 %).
Increment
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
If Summarize by is 'MTY', Increment is displayed as 'MTY increment'. MTY increment is the period of time used to create aggregation points between the branch processing date and the maximum maturity. MTY increment is entered as a tenor period in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, months or years and X is D (day), M (month)or Y (year). The MTY increment format must equal the format of the maximum maturity (e.g., if Maximum MTY is '24M', MTY increment must be entered in the format 'nnM', where nn is the number of months).
If Summarize by is 'Risk weighting', Increment is the value used to create aggregation points between the minimum risk weight and the maximum risk weight.
Increment must be entered if Summarize by is 'MTY' or 'Risk weighting'.
Summary Area Display Ranges
(Summarize by column heading)
The left most column heading corresponds with the Summarize by entry. The following table contains the Summarize by entries and the corresponding headings for the left most column.
Summarize by Column Heading
MTY MTY
Country/ult Country/ult
Country/res Country/res
Agency 1 rating Agency rating
Agency 2 rating Agency rating
SIC SIC
Risk weighting Values between*
* Values between is the number of aggregation points between the minimum risk weight and the maximum risk weight created using the increment value.
(Committed Deals) Gross exposure
(Committed Deals) Gross exposure is the total gross exposure for all active and forward-valued deals included in the specified aggregation.
If Summarize by is 'MTY', (Committed Deals) Gross exposure is the total gross exposure for all active and forward-valued deals maturing on or before the MTY increment and after the previous MTY increment.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 269
(Committed Deals) Credit equivalent exposure
(Committed Deals) Credit equivalent exposure is the total credit equivalent exposure for all active and forward-valued deals included in the specified aggregation.
If Summarize by is 'MTY', (Committed Deals) Credit equivalent exposure is the total credit equivalent exposure for all active and forward-valued deals maturing on or before the MTY increment and after the previous MTY increment.
% of equivalent exposure
% of equivalent exposure specifies what percentage the (committed deals) credit equivalent exposure for the specified aggregation is of the total credit equivalent exposure for all deals included in the summary. % of equivalent exposure is calculated by dividing the total credit equivalent exposure for all deals by the (committed deals) credit equivalent exposure.
(Utilized Deals) Gross exposure
(Utilized Deals) Gross exposure is the total gross exposure for all active deals included in the specified aggregation.
If Summarize by is 'MTY', (Utilized Deals) Credit equivalent exposure is the total credit equivalent exposure for all active deals maturing on or before the MTY increment and after the previous MTY increment.
(Utilized Deals) Credit equivalent exposure
(Utilized) Credit equivalent exposure is the total credit equivalent exposure for all active deals included in the specified aggregation.
If Summarize by is 'MTY', (Utilized Deals) Credit equivalent exposure is the total credit equivalent exposure for all active deals maturing on or before the MTY increment and after the previous MTY increment.
Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a pie chart of the percentage of equivalent exposure associated with each summary aggregation point.
270 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Graph Area Layout
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 271
ANSA: Scenario Analysis
IntroductionThe ANSA, Scenario Analysis workbook is used to measure interest rate sensitivity for selected cash flows for yield curve rate shift scenarios. Scenario Analysis aggregates known and unknown cash flows based on a selected yield curve and displays a net cash flow amount by tenor. Cash flows are discounted based on an adjusted yield curve to calculate interest rate sensitivity.
Yield curve shifts may be parallel or nonparallel and may pivot at any tenor point on the yield curve tenor ladder.
A scenario analysis may be run only if a primary yield curve and an adjusted yield curve (with associated discount factors) are generated.
Scenario Analysis displays a graph of net cash flow amounts and interest rate sensitivity by tenor.
Starting Scenario AnalysisTo access the ANSA, Scenario Analysis workbook, select Risk Reports from the Navigator categories.
Select Scenario from the category items.
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
272 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Analysis Area Ranges
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the primary yield curve used to discount known cash flows to present values. Only cash flows denominated in the yield curve currency are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the primary yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the primary yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the primary yield curve.
Adjusted yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Adjusted yield curve id is a base or shifted yield curve used to discount known cash flows to present values. The currency of the adjusted yield curve must equal the currency of the primary yield curve. Adjusted yield curve id must be entered before the analysis is run.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the adjusted yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 273
Quote type specifies whether the adjusted yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the adjusted yield curve.
Yield curve CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Yield curve CCY is the currency of the yield curve. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. The analysis is run for the yield curve currency if no analysis currency is specified.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analysis CCY is the currency included in the analysis. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. If Analysis CCY is not entered, the yield curve currency is used.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
CCY spot
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.4 digits.
CCY spot is the spot rate of exchange between the yield curve currency and the branch base currency.
If the yield curve currency equals the base currency, CCY spot is '1'.
If the yield curve currency does not equal the base currency and CCY spot is not entered, CCY spot is based on the information entered in the Rates area.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow files are located in the OPXANA\user id directory.
274 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Cashflow types
Drop-down box.
Cashflow types specifies the type of cash flows included in the analysis. Valid cash flow types are 'Known', 'Unknown' and 'All'.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Bucketing method
Drop-down box.
Bucketing method specifies how cash flows are grouped by tenor.
The NPV/Sensitivity method divides into subtotals the amount of a payment/receipt occurring between two tenor dates. A subtotal is assigned to each tenor date. The net present value and sensitivity of the subtotal amounts equals the net present value and sensitivity of the original amount.
The Aggregate method assigns a payment/receipt occurring between two tenor dates to the later tenor date.
Totals
Display only.
Totals displays totals for the following columns:
NPV of cash flow,
NPV in local currency,
Adjusted NPV of cash flows,
Adjusted NPV in local currency,
Sensitivity of NPV of cash flows,
Sensitivity of NPV in local currency.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 275
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
Analysis Area Display Ranges
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Net cash flow
Net cash flow is the net amount of known/unknown cash flows based on the primary yield curve. The net cash flows are apportioned to the selected tenor based on the cash flow bucketing method.
NPV of net cash flow
NPV net cash flow is the net present value (discounted to the spot or branch processing date depending on the primary yield curve) of the calculated net cash flows.
NPV in local currency
NPV in local currency is the local currency equivalent value of the NPV net cash flow amount. The local equivalent is converted at the CCY spot rate.
Adjusted net cash flow
Adjusted net cash flow is the net amount of known and unknown cash flows based on the adjusted yield curve. The net cash flows are apportioned to the selected tenor based on the cash flow bucketing method.
Adjusted NPV net cash flow
Adjusted NPV net cash flow is the net present value (discounted to the spot or branch processing date depending on the adjusted yield curve) of the calculated net cash flows.
Adjusted NPV in local currency
Adjusted NPV in local currency is the local currency equivalent value of the Adjusted NPV net cash flow amount. The local equivalent is converted at the CCY spot rate.
Sensitivity of net cash flows
Sensitivity of net cash flows is the difference between the net cash flows (primary yield curve) and the adjusted net cash flows (adjusted yield curve).
Sensitivity of NPV of cash flows
Sensitivity of NPV of cash flows is the difference between the NPV of net cash flows (primary yield curve) and the adjusted NPV net cash flows (adjusted yield curve).
276 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Sensitivity of NPV in local currency
Sensitivity of NPV in local currency is the difference between the NPV in local currency (primary yield curve) and the adjusted NPV in local currency (adjusted yield curve).
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the primary yield curve used in the scenario analysis.
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the primary yield curve and the cash flows used in the analysis.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the primary yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the primary yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 277
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the primary yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the primary yield curve.
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the primary yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the primary yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the primary yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the primary yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the primary yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
278 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Adjusted Yield Curve AreaThe Adjusted Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the adjusted yield curve used in the scenario analysis.
Adjusted Yield Curve Area Layout
Adjusted Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the adjusted yield curve and the cash flows used in the analysis.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the adjusted yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the adjusted yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 279
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the adjusted yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the adjusted yield curve.
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the adjusted yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the adjusted yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the adjusted yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the adjusted yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the adjusted yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
280 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Rates AreaThe Rates area is used to edit exchange rates and to link currency spot rates to DDE live data feeds.
Rates Area Layout
Rates Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the spot rate quote.
Price/DDE
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Price/DDE is the spot rate of exchange between the yield curve currency and the branch base currency. Price/DDE may be an entered spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Mult./Div.
Display only.
Mult./Div. specifies whether the rate is multiplied or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the local currency amount.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 281
Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a graph of the scenario analysis. Graphs may be printed and displayed in different formats.
Graph Area Layout
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display the cash flow details for a selected tenor.
282 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Br
Br is the current branch. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Portfolio
Portfolio is the portfolio associated with the cash flow. Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 283
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal associated with the cash flow.
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Security id
Security id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Date
Date is the date the payment/receipt is made.
Receipts
Receipts is the amount received on the receipt date.
Payments
Payments is the amount paid on the payment date.
ANSA: ButtonsThe ANSA, Scenario Analysis screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ANSA screen.
Processing Buttons
Get CCY
The Get CCY button is used to display all currency pairs for the current branch.
Net
The Net button is used to display a graph of net cash flows.
NPV
The NPV Button is used to display a graph of the NPV of net cash flows.
Local NPV
The Local NPV button is used to display a graph of the NPV of net cash flows in local currency.
284 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
ANTS: Tenor Sensitivity Analysis
IntroductionThe ANTS, Tenor Sensitivity Analysis workbook is used to calculate and display the effects of an interest rate shock to one or more tenor points. The effects of tenor shifts are displayed only for the affected tenor.
ANTS displays the aggregated cash flow payments/receipts and net cash flows for each tenor. Cash flows are bucketed based on the specified aggregation method.
Cash flows are discounted using discount factors calculated for the cash flow date from the specified yield curve.
Starting Tenor Sensitivity AnalysisTo access the ANTS, Tenor Sensitivity Analysis workbook, select Risk Reports from the Navigator categories.
Select Tenor Sensitivity from the category items.
Analysis Area
Analysis Area Layout
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 285
Analysis Area Ranges
Yield curve
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve is the name of the yield curve used to discount known cash flows to present values. Only cash flows denominated in the yield curve currency are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Yield curve CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Yield curve CCY is the currency of the yield curve. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. The analysis is run for the yield curve currency if no analysis currency is specified.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Analysis CCY is the currency included in the analysis. An analysis may be run for one currency at a time. If Analysis CCY is not entered, the yield curve currency is used.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analysis end date
Optional. Date format.
286 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Analysis end date is the last date cash flows may be included in the analysis. Cash flows occurring after the analysis end date are not included in the analysis. If Analysis end date is not entered, all selected cash flows are included in the analysis.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Cashflow types
Drop-down box.
Cashflow types specifies the type of cash flows included in the analysis. Valid cash flow types are 'Known', 'Unknown' and 'All'.
Cash flow file name
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Cash flow file name is the name of the file containing the cash flows included in the analysis. Cash flow file name includes the location and name of the file. Cash flow files are located in the OPXANA\user id directory.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid cash flow files. The data must be previously entered using the ACFS, Cash Flow Selection workbook. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Refresh cash flow
Drop-down box.
Refresh cash flow specifies whether the cash flow file is updated from the cash flow SQL file when the analysis is run.
Spot date
Display only.
Spot date is the spot date used to calculate discount factors for the yield curve. Spot date equals the current branch processing date plus the spot number of days specified on the YCHD, Yield Curve Header screen for the yield curve.
Last analysis date
Display only.
Last analysis date is the last date and time an analysis is run.
Totals
Display only.
Totals displays totals for the following columns:
Receipts,
Payments,
Net cash flow,
NPV of cash flow,
Sensitivity.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 287
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
Tenor points only may be included up to the maximum tenor point of the yield curve specified in the yield curve id field.
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Receipts
Display only.
Receipts is the total of cash inflows for the specified tenor period.
Payments
Display only.
Payments is the total of cash outflows for the specified tenor period.
Net cash flow
Display only.
Net cash flow is the net amount of payments and receipts.
NPV of net cash flow
Display only.
NPV net cash flow is the net present value (discounted to the spot or branch processing date, depending on the yield curve) of the calculated net cash flows.
Tenor shift
Optional. Numeric, up to 2.4 digits.
Tenor shift is the interest rate shock amount applied to the specified tenor to calculate the tenor sensitivity. Tenor shifts are applied to the base zero coupon rate. Basis point shifts are entered in decimal format. (e.g., a one-point basis shift is entered as '.01').
Sensitivity
Display only.
Sensitivity is the difference between the base NPV cash flow and the NPV calculated when the tenor shift is applied to the specified tenor period.
288 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the primary yield curve used in the scenario analysis.
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the primary yield curve and the cash flows used in the analysis.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the primary yield curve used to discount the known cash flows to present values.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the primary yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 289
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the primary yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the primary yield curve.
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the primary yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the primary yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the primary yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the primary yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the primary yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
290 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Graph AreaThe Graph area is used to display a graph of the scenario analysis. Graphs may be printed and displayed in different formats.
Graph Area Layout
Details AreaThe Details area is used to display the cash flow details for a selected tenor.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 291
Details Area Layout
Details Area Display Ranges
Tenor
Tenor is a designated maturity value used to group cash flows.
Tenor date
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
Br
Br is the current branch. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Deal number
Deal number is the number of the deal associated with the cash flow.
Portfolio
Portfolio is the portfolio associated with the cash flow. Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders.
292 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Trader
Trader is the trader who makes the deal associated with the cash flow.
Product
Product identifies the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'DPNL' for Deposits and Loans).
Product type
Product type identifies the products within the product module associated with the cash flow (e.g., 'TD' for time deposits).
Security id
Security id identifies the security associated with the cash flow.
Date
Date is the date the payment/receipt is made.
Receipts
Receipts is the amount received on the receipt date.
Payments
Payments is the amount paid on the payment date.
ANTS: ButtonsThe ANTS, Tenor Sensitivity Analysis screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the ANTS screen.
Processing Buttons
NPV
The NPV button is used to display a graph of the NPV of net cash flows.
Sensitivity
The Sensitivity button is used to display a graph of the tenor sensitivity.
NPV/Sensitivity
The NPV/Sensitivity button is used to display a scaled graph of both the NPV of cash flows and sensitivities.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 293
RPRA: FX Risk Position Report
IntroductionThe RPRA, FX Risk Position Report screen is used to generate foreign exchange risk position reports. To display or print reports, use the RSYS, OPICS Report Print Management screen. Refer to the System Administration manual for further information about RSYS.
The RPRA, FX Risk Position Report screen is used to produce the following report:
Foreign Exchange Risk Position Report.
The RPRA, FX Risk Position Report screen menu has one item: Risk Analysis Reports.
RPRA Reports
Foreign Exchange Risk Position Report
The Foreign Exchange Risk Position Report is used to display currency exposure based on on-balance and off-balance positions in currencies other than the branch base currency.
Starting FX Risk Position ReportTo access the RPRA, FX Risk Position Report screen, select RPRA from the OPICS System Menu, or use Fast-path.
294 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
RPRA Screen Layout
RPRA Screen Fields
Report name
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 9 characters.
Report name is the name of the generated report. Report name is entered in the format 'RbcRXXXX', where bc is the branch for which the report is run and XXXX is the four-letter report identifier.
Input file name
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 9 characters.
Input file name is the name of the data file used to generate the report.
Report heading
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 50 characters.
Report heading is the full name of the report.
Number of columns
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Number of columns is the number of columns displayed on the report.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 295
Fixed income treatment
Option box.
Fixed income treatment is the accounting treatment for fixed income positions in the report.
Selecting RPRA ReportsSelect Risk Analysis Reports from the RPRA, FX Risk Position Report screen menu.
Select the following report:
FX Risk Position Report.
296 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
RPRA: RbcRFXRP - Foreign Exchange Risk Position Report
IntroductionThe Foreign Exchange Risk Position Report is used to display exposures based on on-balance and off-balance positions is currencies other than the branch base currency.
The Foreign Exchange Risk Position Report accesses cash flows from all OPICS modules.
RPRA Display Fields
CCY
CCY is the currency in which the exposure amounts are denominated.
Level
Level is the aggregation level of the analysis. The aggregation level identifies the source of the cash flows included in the corresponding calculations.
Level 1 includes nostro balances and on-balance transactions that have taken value before the branch processing date. Transaction types include general ledger transactions and deals from the following modules:
Deposits and Loans,
Call and Notice,
Repurchase Agreements,
Fixed Income,
Fees,
Financial Futures (mark-to-market),
Swaps (hedge and trading),
Forward Rate Agreements (hedge and trading),
Caps and Floors (trading).
Level 2 includes foreign exchange transactions that have not settled, including the following:
FX Spot,
FX Forwards,
FX Swaps,
Currency Swaps (exchange).
Level 3 includes the mark-to-market value (spot date) of forward valued deals from the following modules:
Deposits and Loans,
Call and Notice,
Repurchase Agreements,
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 297
Fixed Income,
Fees,
Swaps,
Forward Rate Agreements.
Level 4 includes spot date delta equivalent or mark-to-market values of outstanding options from the following modules:
OTC Options (FX, Bond)
Caps and Floors,
Swap Options.
Net
Net is the sum of the assets and liabilities for the aggregation level.
Cumulative net
Cumulative net is the sum of the present aggregation level and the previous aggregation levels.
Levels 1_2_4 Total
Levels 1_2_4 Total is the sum of the assets and liabilities for all aggregation levels except level 3.
298 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Chapter 7 Pricers
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 299
IntroductionThe following Analytics workbooks are used to price financial instruments processed by OPICS:
The PRFR, FRA Pricer workbook is used to calculate forward-forward rates for standard maturity, future dated and broken dated forward rate agreements based on a strip of short-term interest rate futures contracts or a specified yield curve.
The PRSW, Interest Rate Swap Pricer workbook is used to price generic and customized swaps (proposed and existing deals).
The PROT, OTC Pricer workbook is used to price plain, bond and exotic over the counter options.
The PRFX, Forward Point Pricer workbook is used to calculate forward points for proposed and existing foreign exchange deals based on the spot rate and yield curves for a specified currency pair.
The PRCF, Cap, Floor and Collar Pricer workbook is used to calculate cap, floor and collar market values.
The PRES, Euro Strip Pricer workbook is used to calculate cash money market yields using stub rates and strips of eurodollar deliveries.
The PRFI, Fixed Income Pricer workbook is used to price and evaluate periodic interest, floating rate and NPV securities.
300 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
PRFR: FRA Pricer
IntroductionThe PRFR, FRA Pricer workbook is used to calculate forward-forward rates for standard maturity, future dated and broken dated forward rate agreements.
The PRFR, FRA Pricer workbook is integrated into the OPICS data structure and may be used to display OPICS forward rate agreements and to map pricer information to the FRDE, Forward Rate Agreement Entry screen.
PRFR Worksheets
Pricer - Euro Strip
The Pricer - Euro Strip worksheet is used to calculate forward-forward rates for standard maturity, future dated and broken dated forward rate agreements based on a strip of short-term interest rate futures contracts.
Pricer - Yield Curve
The Pricer - Yield Curve worksheet is used to calculate forward-forward rates for standard maturity, future dated and broken dated forward rate agreements based on a specified yield curve.
Starting FRA PricerTo access the PRFR, FRA Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories.
Select FRA - Euro Strip or FRA - Yield Curve from the category items.
Selecting PRFR WorksheetsSelect one of the following tabs at the bottom of the PRFR, FRA Pricer workbook:
Euro Strip,
Yield Curve.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 301
PRFR: Euro Strip
IntroductionThe Pricer - Euro Strip worksheet is used to calculate forward-forward rates for standard maturity, future dated and broken dated forward rate agreements based on a strip of short-term interest rate futures contracts.
Starting Pricer - Euro StripTo access the PRFR, FRA Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories. Select FRA - Euro Strip or FRA - Yield Curve from the category items.
Select the Euro Strip tab at the bottom of the PRFR, FRA Pricer workbook.
Pricer - Euro Strip Area
Pricer - Euro Strip Area Layout
Pricer - Euro Strip Area Ranges
Contract
Display only.
302 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Contract is the futures contract used to calculate forward rate agreement prices. Contract is the futures contract entered in the Futures Contract Maintenance area.
Trade date
Required. Date format.
Trade date is the current date. Trade date defaults to the branch processing date.
Futures Prices
Futures Prices displays delivery codes, current prices and net change for the specified futures contract and the stub rate used for FRA pricing calculations.
Dlvy
Display only.
Dlvy is the delivery code for the specified futures contract.
Price
Display only.
Price is the last price of the futures contract for the specified contract delivery.
Change
Display only.
Change is the net change between the last price and the previous closing price.
FRA Rates
FRA Rates is the main pricing area of the Pricer - Euro Strip worksheet. FRA Rates is a matrix with FRA start tenors on the vertical axis and FRA terms on the horizontal axis.
(Start) Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
(Start) Tenor is the starting tenor for FRA pricing. Tenor is entered in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, months or years and X is D (day), M (month) or Y (year).
(Start) Date
Display only.
(Start) Date is the starting date for the specified tenor. Start date is calculated from the current spot date and the tenor period.
Term
Optional.
Term is the period for FRA pricing. Term is entered in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, months or years and X is D (day), M (month) or Y (year).
Term defaults to '3M', '6M', '9M', '12M' and '15M'.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 303
Futures dated FRA rates
Futures dated FRA rates displays the FRA rates calculated for the delivery dates of the specified futures contract.
Start Tenor
Display only.
Start Tenor is the delivery code for the futures contract and is used to calculate the start date of the FRA.
Term
Display only.
Term is the period for FRA pricing. Term is entered in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, months or years and X is D (day), M (month) or Y (year).
Term defaults to '3M', '6M', '9M' and '12M'.
Start date
Display only.
Start date is the interest start date of the specified futures contract delivery.
Broken dated FRA rates
Broken dated FRA rates is used to enter start and end tenor periods and the start date for the FRA.
(Tenor) Start
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
(Tenor) Start is the starting monthly tenor for the broken dated FRA calculation. (Tenor) Start is entered in the format 'nn', where nn is the number of months.
(Tenor) End
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
(Tenor) End is the ending monthly tenor for the broken dated FRA calculation. (Tenor) End is entered in the format 'nn', where nn is the number of months.
(Tenor) Day
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
(Tenor) Day is the day of the starting tenor month to begin calculations. Day may be entered as a number between '1' and '31' or as 'E' (end of month).
(Date) Start
Display only.
(Date) Start is the interest start date of the broken dated FRA.
304 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
(Date) End
Display only.
(Date) End is the interest end date of the broken dated FRA.
Rate
Display only.
Rate is the FRA rate for the broken date period.
Hedge AreaThe Hedge area is used to calculate the number of futures contracts required to offset a FRA contract entered at the specified rate, regardless of long or short FRA positions or hedges. FRA hedging information may be mapped to the FRDE, Forward Rate Agreement Entry screen.
Hedge Area Layout
Hedge Area Ranges
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the customer of the forward rate agreement for which the hedge information is mapped to the FRDE, Forward Rate Agreement Entry screen.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made.
Product code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 6 characters.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 305
Product code identifies the product module of the forward rate agreement for which hedge information is mapped (e.g., 'FRA' for Forward Rate Agreements).
Product type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Product type is the product type of the forward rate agreement for which hedge information is mapped. Product type identifies the products within the product module (e.g., 'FB' for bought forward rate agreements).
Rate code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code is the rate code of the forward rate agreement for which hedge information is mapped to the FRDE screen.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the deal rate (e.g., rate source, rate type, designated maturity).
Ctrl + F2 lists valid rate codes. The data must be previously entered using the RATE, Interest Rate Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Contract
Display only.
Contract is the futures contract used to price FRAs.
Start date
Optional. Date format.
Start date is the interest start date of the FRA.
End date
Optional. Date format.
End date is the interest end date of the FRA.
Notional amount
Optional. Numeric, up to 13 digits.
Notional amount is the amount (denominated in the currency of the futures contract) of the FRA.
Days
Display only.
Days is the number of days between the start date and end date of the FRA.
FRA rate
Display only.
FRA rate is the rate (corresponding with the specified start and end dates) of the FRA.
306 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Dlvy
Display only.
Dlvy is the delivery code for the futures contract.
Date
Display only.
Date is the interest start date of the futures contract delivery.
Days
Display only.
Days is the number of days from the FRA term that fall within the futures delivery interest earning period.
Hedge
Display only.
Hedge is the number of futures contracts, for the designated delivery, used to hedge the FRA. Hedge does not indicate whether the FRA is bought or sold or whether the hedge is buying or selling.
Price
Display only.
Price is the price used to calculate the FRA rate and hedge.
Rate
Display only.
Rate is the stub rate or the price of the futures contract converted to a rate, depending on the specified delivery.
Override
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.2 digits.
Override is the amended price of the futures delivery used to the recalculate the FRA rate.
Futures Contract Maintenance AreaThe Futures Contract Maintenance area is used to enter futures contract information used to calculate FRA rates.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 307
Futures Contract Maintenance Area Layout
Futures Contract Maintenance Area Ranges
Contract
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Contract is the futures contract used to price and hedge the FRAs.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid contracts. The data must be previously entered using the FCON, Financial Futures Contract Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the futures contract.
Ctrl + F2 list valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Tick size
Required. Numeric, up to 5.3 digits.
Tick size is the minimum price movement for the futures contract.
Tick value
Required. Numeric, up to 5.3 digits.
308 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Tick value is the amount of a one tick shift in the specified futures contract, denominated in the currency of the contract.
Spot
Required. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Spot is the spot number of days for the currency.
Day rule
Drop-down box.
Day rule is the business day convention used to adjust dates that fall on non-business days ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Basis
Drop-down box.
Basis is the interest rate basis for the futures contract. Valid bases are:
A360 (Actual/360) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
A365 (Actual/365) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Dlvy code
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Dlvy code specifies when the futures contract is delivered.
Start date
Required. Date format.
Start date is the interest start date of the futures contract.
Futures Price Maintenance AreaThe Futures Price Maintenance area is used to enter futures prices and to link prices to DDE live data feeds.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 309
Futures Price Maintenance Area Layout
Futures Price Maintenance Area Ranges
Contract
Display only.
Contract is the futures contract used to calculate FRA prices.
Stub rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Stub rate is the rate used to price FRAs when the term of the FRA begins before the first futures contract delivery interest start date.
Dlvy code
Display only.
Dlvy code specifies when the futures contract is delivered.
Start date
Display only.
Start date is the futures interest start date.
310 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Price/DDE
Required. Numeric, up to 3.5 digits.
Price/DDE is the price for the futures contract. Price/DDE may be an entered price or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Net change
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.5 digits.
Net change is the difference between the previous day's closing price and the current price.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 311
PRFR: Pricer - Yield Curve
IntroductionThe Pricer - Yield Curve worksheet is used to calculate forward-forward rates for standard maturity and broken dated forward rate agreements based on a specified yield curve.
Starting Pricer - Yield CurveTo access the PRFR, FRA Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories. Select FRA - Euro Strip or FRA - Yield Curve from the category items.
Select the Yield Curve tab at the bottom of the PRFR, FRA Pricer workbook.
Pricer - Yield Curve Area
Pricer - Yield Curve Area Layout
Pricer - Yield Curve Area Ranges
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to calculate FRA rates.
312 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
CCY
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve.
Basis
Drop-down box.
Basis is the interest rate basis for the currency.
Valid bases are:
A360 (Actual/360) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
A365 (Actual/365) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Trade date
Required. Date format.
Trade date is the current date. Trade date defaults to the branch processing date.
FRA Rates
FRA Rates is the main pricing area of the Pricer - Yield Curve worksheet. FRA Rates is a matrix with FRA start tenors on the vertical axis and FRA terms on the horizontal axis.
(Start) Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
(Start) Tenor is the starting tenor for FRA pricing. Tenor is entered in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, months or years and X is D (day), M (month) or Y (year).
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 313
(Start) Date
Display only.
(Start) Date is the starting date for the specified tenor. Start date is calculated from the current spot date and the tenor period.
Term
Optional.
Term is the period for FRA pricing. Term is entered in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, months or years and X is D (day), M (month) or Y (year).
Term defaults to '3M', '6M', '9M', '12M' and '15M'.
Broken dated FRA rates
Broken dated FRA rates is used to enter start and end tenor periods and the start date for the FRA.
(Tenor) Start
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
(Tenor) Start is the starting monthly tenor for the broken dated FRA calculation. (Tenor) Start is entered in the format 'nn', where nn is the number of months.
(Tenor) End
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
(Tenor) End is the ending monthly tenor for the broken dated FRA calculation. (Tenor) End is entered in the format 'nn', where nn is the number of months.
(Tenor) Day
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
(Tenor) Day is the day of the starting tenor month to begin calculations. Day may be entered as a number between '1' and '31' or as 'E' (end of month).
(Date) Start
Display only.
(Date) Start is the interest start date of the broken dated FRA.
(Date) End
Display only.
(Date) End is the interest end date of the broken dated FRA.
Rate
Display only.
Rate is the FRA rate for the broken date period.
314 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Mapping Information AreaThe Mapping Information area is used to map FRA pricing information to the FRDE, Forward Rate Agreement Entry screen.
Mapping Information Area Layout
Mapping Area Ranges
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the customer of the forward rate agreement for which pricing information is mapped to the FRDE, Forward Rate Agreement Entry screen.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made.
Product
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 6 characters.
Product is the product of the forward rate agreement for which pricing information is mapped.
Product identifies the product module (e.g., 'FRA' for Forward Rate Agreements).
Product type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Product type is the product type of the forward rate agreement for which pricing information is mapped.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 315
Product type identifies the products within the product module (e.g., 'FB' for bought forward rate agreements).
Rate code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code is the rate code of the forward rate agreement for which pricing information is mapped.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the deal rate (e.g., rate source, rate type, designated maturity).
Ctrl + F2 lists valid rate codes. The data must be previously entered using the RATE, Interest Rate Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Start date
Optional. Date format.
Start date is the first day of the interest period for the forward rate agreement.
End date
Optional. Date format.
End date is the last day of the interest period for the forward rate agreement.
Notional amount
Optional. Numeric, up to 13 digits.
Notional amount is the notional amount of the forward rate agreement for which pricing information is mapped.
Notional amount is the amount (denominated in the currency of the yield curve) of the FRA.
Days
Display only.
Days is the number of days between the start date and end date of the forward rate agreement interest period.
FRA rate
Display only.
FRA rate is the rate (corresponding with the specified start and end dates) of the forward rate agreement.
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used in the cash flow analysis.
316 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to calculate FRA rates.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 317
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
PRFR: ButtonsThe PRFR, FRA Pricer – Euro Strip and FRA Pricer – Yield Curve screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the PRFR screen.
Processing Buttons
Contracts
The Contracts button is used to display the Futures Contract Maintenance area.
318 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Hedge
The Hedge button is used to Hedge a deal. To Hedge a deal, select a rate cell in the Pricer area and select the OK button.
To Recalculate FRA Rates
Select the gray button in the upper right corner of the FRA Rates section to recalculate the FRA rates.
To Recalculate Futures Dated FRA Rates
Select the gray button in the upper right corner of the Futures dated FRA rates section to recalculate futures dated FRA rates.
To Recalculate Broken Dated FRA Rates
Select the gray button in the upper right corner of the Broken dated FRA rates section to recalculate the broken dated FRA rates.
Recalculate
The Recalculate button is used to generate a new FRA rate and associated futures equivalent position.
Map Deal
The Map Deal button is used to enter the hedge information on the FRDE, Forward Rate Agreement Entry screen.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 319
PRSW: Interest Rate Swap Pricer
IntroductionThe PRSW, Interest Rate Swap Pricer workbook is used to price generic and customized swaps (proposed and existing deals). Swap prices are calculated based on an NPV valuation methodology.
Swap pricing includes solving for fixed rates, floating rates or spread rates.
Yield curve information may be regenerated using the Yield Curve area.
Schedules created using PRSW may be recalculated at any time.
PRSW Worksheets
Custom Interest Rate Swap
The Custom Interest Rate Swap worksheet is used to create and value customized swaps.
Standard Interest Rate Swap
The Standard Interest Rate Swap worksheet is used to value vanilla swaps.
Currency Interest Rate Swap
The Currency Interest Rate Swap worksheet is used to value standard interest rate currency swaps.
Starting Interest Rate Swap PricerTo access the PRSW, Interest Rate Swap Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories.
Select Swaps from the category items.
Selecting PRSW WorksheetsSelect one of the following tabs at the bottom of the PRSW, Interest Rate Swap Pricer workbook:
Custom,
Standard,
Currency.
320 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
PRSW: Custom Interest Rate Swap
IntroductionThe Custom Interest Rate Swap worksheet is used to create and value customized swaps.
Starting Custom Interest Rate SwapTo access the PRSW, Interest Rate Swap Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories. Select Swaps from the category items.
Select the Custom tab at the bottom of the PRSW, Interest Rate Swap Pricer workbook.
Custom Interest Rate Swap Area
Custom Interest Rate Swap Area Layout
Custom Interest Rate Swap Area Ranges
Branch
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Branch is the current OPICS branch. Branch identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 321
Swap value
Display only.
Swap value is the current value of the swap.
Deal number
Optional. Numeric, up to 7 digits.
Deal number is the number of the swap deal.
Deal date
Required. Date format.
Deal date is the date the deal is made. Deal date defaults to the current branch processing date. Deal date must be less than or equal to the start date and the branch processing date.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Solve for
Drop-down box.
Solve for specifies which part of the swap price to calculate. Valid values for Solve for are:
Market Value,
Fixed Rate,
Float Rate,
Spread Rate.
Market Value solves for the market value of the swap by calculating the sum of each leg's NPV amount.
Fixed Rate solves for the swap fixed rate, resulting in an NPV market value that equals the swap value.
Float Rate solves for the current floating rate, resulting in an NPV market value that equals the swap value.
Spread Rate solves for the current spread over floating rate, resulting in an NPV market value that equals the swap value.
Start date
Required. Date format.
Start date is the first day of the term of the swap deal.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Maturity date
Required. Date format.
Maturity date is the date the swap deal matures.
322 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve and the swap (or pay/receive leg of the swap).
Ctrl + F2 list valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Notional Amount
Required. Numeric, up to 13 digits.
Notional Amount is the currency amount of the swap pay/receive leg.
Yield curve
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve is the name of the yield curve used to discount the pay/receive swap leg scheduled payments to present values.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Fix/float
Drop-down box.
Fix/float specifies whether the interest rate for the pay/receive swap leg is fixed or floating.
Pay cycle
Drop-down box.
Pay cycle specifies the period the interest is paid or received. The following are valid cycles:
Annual,
Semi-annual,
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 323
Quarterly,
Monthly,
Maturity.
Payment day
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Payment day is the day of the month payments are made. Payment day defaults to the swap start date.
Reset cycle
Drop-down box.
Reset cycle specifies the period when the interest rate is reset. The following are valid cycles:
Annual,
Semi-annual,
Quarterly,
Monthly.
Rate revision day
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Rate revision day is the day of the month the interest rate is reset. Rate revision day defaults to the start date of the swap.
First/Last
Drop-down box.
First/Last identifies the reset and interest settlement method for the interest payment. First/Last may be 'First', 'Last', or 'FRA'.
'First' indicates the rate is reset before the start of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
'Last' indicates the rate is reset at the end of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
'FRA' indicates the rate is reset at the beginning of the interest payment period and settles at the beginning of the interest payment period.
Rate code
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the deal rate (e.g., rate source, rate type, designated maturity).
Interest rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
324 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Interest rate is the rate used to calculate the interest amount paid or received on the payment date of the swap leg. rate may be entered as a number with a decimal (e.g., 99999.99999999) or as a whole number and a fraction, where Analytics calculates the decimal amount (e.g., 12 7/8). The denominator of the fraction must be 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64.
The sum of the interest rate and the spread rate is used to calculate the interest paid or received on the payment date.
Basis
Drop-down box.
Basis is the basis used to calculate interest.
The following are valid values for Basis:
Actual/Actual ACT365
Actual/365 A365
Actual/360 A360
BOND 30/360
EBOND (Eurobond) 30E/360.
Actual/Actual (ACT365)
Actual/Actual is the number of days in the calculation period, divided by 365. If any portion of the calculation is in a leap year, Actual/Actual is the sum of (A) the number of days in that portion of the calculation period in the leap year divided by 366 and (B) the number of days in that portion of the calculation period in a non-leap year divided by 365.
Actual/365 (A365)
Actual/365 is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Actual/360 (A360)
Actual/360 is the actual number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
BOND (30/360)
BOND is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360, where the number of days is calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months (unless the last day of the calculation period is the 31st day of a month but the first day of the calculation period is a day other than the 30th or 31st day of a month, in which case, the month that includes that last day is not shortened to a 30-day month).
EBOND (30E/360)
EBOND is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360, where the number of days is calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months, without regard to the date of the first or last day of the calculation period.
Cap rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Cap rate is the maximum interest rate for a floating swap leg. If the interest rate greater than the cap rate, interest is calculated based on the cap rate.
Floor rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 325
Floor rate is the minimum interest rate for a floating swap leg. If the interest rate is less than the floor rate, interest is calculated based on the floor rate.
Spread rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Spread rate is the amount the interest rate is increased or decreased based on the amount of the spread. Spread rate may be entered as a number with a decimal (e.g., 99999.99999999) or as a whole number and a fraction, where Analytics calculates the decimal amount (e.g., 12 7/8). The denominator of the fraction must be 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64.
The sum of the interest rate and the spread rate is used to calculate the interest paid or received on the payment date.
Int. exch. rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.4 digits.
Int. exch. rate is the exchange rate used to convert the interest payment amount to the notional currency of the deal.
Terms
Drop-down box.
Terms specifies whether the interest amount is multiplied or divided by the exchange rate.
Date conv
Drop-down box.
Date conv specifies the convention used to adjust generated payment schedule dates that fall on non-business days.
The following are valid business day conventions:
Preceding previous valid business day,
Succeeding next valid business day,
Modified modified following valid business day.
Schedules AreaThe Schedules area is used to edit swap interest payment schedules and revalue swaps based on the new schedule information.
326 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Schedules Area Layout
Schedules Area Ranges
Pay/receive
Display only.
Pay/receive indicates whether the interest for the schedule record is paid or received.
Fix/float
Display only.
Fix/float indicates whether the interest rate for the schedule record is fixed or floating.
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the schedule record.
First/last
Display only.
First/last identifies the reset and interest settlement method for the interest payment. First/Last may be 'First', 'Last', or 'FRA'.
'First' indicates the rate is reset before the start of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 327
'Last' indicates the rate is reset at the end of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
'FRA' indicates the rate is reset at the beginning of the interest payment period and settles at the beginning of the interest payment period.
Compounding
Display only.
Compounding indicates whether the swap leg schedule record is compounding the interest from the previous schedule.
Interest start date
Optional. Date format.
Interest start date is the first day of the term of the interest period.
Interest end date
Optional. Date format.
Interest end date is the last day of the term of the interest period.
Rate refix date
Optional. Date format.
Rate refix date is the date the interest rate is revised.
Notional amount
Required. Numeric, up to 13 digits.
Notional amount is the currency amount of the schedule record.
Interest rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Interest rate is the rate used to calculate the interest amount paid or received on the payment date of the schedule record.
Cap rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Cap rate is the maximum interest rate for a floating schedule record.
Floor rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Floor rate is the minimum interest rate for a floating schedule record.
Spread
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
328 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Spread is the amount the interest rate is increased or decreased based on the amount of the spread.
Rate code
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the deal rate (e.g., rate source, rate type, designated maturity).
Payment date
Optional. Date format.
Payment date is the date the scheduled interest payment is made.
Payment amount
Display only.
Payment amount is the calculated interest payment amount denominated in the currency of the swap.
Discount factor
Display only.
Discount factor is the factor used to present value the payment amount.
NPV
Display only.
NPV is the present value of the interest payment amount.
Spot rate
Display only.
Spot rate is the spot rate of exchange between the branch base currency and the notional currency of the deal.
Spot terms
Display only.
Spot terms indicates whether the interest amount is multiplied (M) or divided (D) by the spot rate.
NPV in local currency
Display only.
NPV in local currency is the net present value of the interest payment converted to base currency.
Yield Curve - Pay Leg AreaThe Yield Curve -Pay Leg area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used to price the swap pay leg and to edit the par rates used to generate the yield curve's discount factors.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 329
Yield Curve - Pay Leg Area Layout
Yield Curve - Pay Leg Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve used to value the swap pay leg schedule records.
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the swap pay leg scheduled payments to present values.
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Display only.
330 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Last date
Display only.
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Display only.
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Display only.
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Display only.
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Regenerate Curve
Drop-down box.
Regenerate Curve specifies whether the pricer regenerates discount factors for the yield curve using the specified par rates. If 'No' is selected, the swap is priced using the existing discount factors.
Maturity
Display only.
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Display only.
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Rate type
Display only.
Rate type identifies the type of interest rate used to generate the yield curve. Rate type is blank if the tenor point is interpolated.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 331
Current Rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Current Rate is the interest rate generated from the yield curve.
Spread
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Spread is the amount the current rate is adjusted for analysis.
Par Rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Par Rate is the contributing interest rate used to calculate the discount factors for the specified yield curve. If a futures strip is used to create the yield curve, Par Rate must be the futures prices (for Rate type 'Future').
DF TDY
Display only.
DF TDY is the discount factor associated with the maturity generated today.
DF YST
Display only.
DF YST is the discount factor associated with the maturity generated yesterday.
DF_01 TDY
Display only.
DF_01 TDY is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated today.
DF_01 YST
Display only.
DF_01 YST is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated yesterday.
Interpolated
Display only.
Interpolated indicates whether the tenor point is interpolated ('Y' for yes, 'N' for no).
Yield Curve - Receive Leg AreaThe Yield Curve -Receive Leg area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used to price the swap receive leg and to edit the par rates used to generate the yield curve's discount factors
332 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Yield Curve - Receive Leg Area Layout
Yield Curve - Receive Leg Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve used to value the swap pay leg schedule records.
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the swap pay leg scheduled payments to present values.
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Display only.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 333
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Last date
Display only.
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Display only.
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Display only.
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Display only.
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Regenerate Curve
Drop-down box.
Regenerate Curve specifies whether the pricer regenerates discount factors for the yield curve using the specified par rates. If 'No' is selected, the swap is priced using the existing discount factors.
Maturity
Display only.
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Display only.
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Rate type
Display only.
Rate type identifies the type of interest rate used to generate the yield curve. Rate type is blank if the tenor point is interpolated.
334 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Current Rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Current Rate is the interest rate generated from the yield curve.
Spread
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Spread is the amount the current rate is adjusted for analysis.
Par Rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Par Rate is the contributing interest rate used to calculate the discount factors for the specified yield curve. If a futures strip is used to create the yield curve, Par Rate must be the futures prices (for Rate type 'Future').
DF TDY
Display only.
DF TDY is the discount factor associated with the maturity generated today.
DF YST
Display only.
DF YST is the discount factor associated with the maturity generated yesterday.
DF_01 TDY
Display only.
DF_01 TDY is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated today.
DF_01 YST
Display only.
DF_01 YST is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated yesterday.
Interpolated
Display only.
Interpolated indicates whether the tenor point is interpolated ('Y' for yes, 'N' for no).
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 335
PRSW: Standard Interest Rate Swap
IntroductionThe Standard Interest Rate Swap worksheet is used to value vanilla swaps.
Starting Standard Interest Rate SwapTo access the PRSW, Interest Rate Swap Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories. Select Swaps from the category items.
Select the Standard tab at the bottom of the PRSW, Interest Rate Swap Pricer workbook.
Standard Interest Rate Swap Area
Standard Interest Rate Swap Area Layout
Standard Interest Rate Swap Area Ranges
Deal date
Required. Date format.
Deal date is the date the deal is made. Deal date defaults to the branch processing date. Deal date must be less than or equal to the branch processing date and the start date.
336 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Swap value
Display only.
Swap value is the current value of the swap.
Start date
Required. Date format.
Start date is the first day of the term of the swap deal.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Maturity date
Required. Date format.
Maturity date is the date the swap deal matures.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Solve for
Drop-down box.
Solve for specifies which part of the swap price to calculate. Valid values for Solve for are:
Market Value,
Fixed Rate,
Float Rate,
Spread Rate.
Market Value solves for the market value of the swap by calculating the sum of each leg's NPV amount.
Fixed Rate solves for the swap fixed rate, resulting in an NPV market value that equals the swap value.
Float Rate solves for the current floating rate, resulting in an NPV market value that equals the swap value.
Spread Rate solves for the current spread over floating rate, resulting in an NPV market value that equals the swap value.
Pay/reset cycle
Drop-down box.
Pay/reset cycle specifies the period the interest is paid/received and the period when the interest rate is reset. The following are valid cycles:
Annual,
Semi-annual,
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 337
Quarterly,
Monthly,
Maturity.
First/Last
Drop-down box.
First/Last identifies the reset and interest settlement method for the interest payment. First/Last may be 'First', 'Last', or 'FRA'.
'First' indicates the rate is reset before the start of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
'Last' indicates the rate is reset at the end of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
'FRA' indicates the rate is reset at the beginning of the interest payment period and settles at the beginning of the interest payment period.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve and the swap (or swap leg).
Ctrl + F2 list valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Notional Amount
Required. Numeric, up to 13 digits.
Notional Amount is the currency amount of the swap leg.
Yield curve
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve is the name of the yield curve used to discount the swap leg scheduled payments to present values.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
338 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Fix/float
Drop-down box.
Fix/float specifies whether the interest rate for the pay/receive swap leg is fixed or floating.
Rate code
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the deal rate (e.g., rate source, rate type, designated maturity).
Interest rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Interest rate is the rate used to calculate the interest amount paid or received on the payment date of the swap leg. rate may be entered as a number with a decimal (e.g., 99999.99999999) or as a whole number and a fraction, where Analytics calculates the decimal amount (e.g., 12 7/8). The denominator of the fraction must be 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64.
The sum of the interest rate and the spread rate is used to calculate the interest paid or received on the payment date.
Spread rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Spread rate is the amount the interest rate is increased or decreased based on the amount of the spread.
Basis
Drop-down box.
Basis is the basis used to calculate interest.
The following are valid values for Basis:
Actual/Actual ACT365
Actual/365 A365
Actual/360 A360
BOND 30/360
EBOND (Eurobond) 30E/360.
Actual/Actual (ACT365)
Actual/Actual is the number of days in the calculation period, divided by 365. If any portion of the calculation is in a leap year, Actual/Actual is the sum of (A) the number of days in that portion of the calculation period in the leap year divided by 366 and (B) the number of days in that portion of the calculation period in a non-leap year divided by 365.
Actual/365 (A365)
Actual/365 is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 339
Actual/360 (A360)
Actual/360 is the actual number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
BOND (30/360)
BOND is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360, where the number of days is calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months (unless the last day of the calculation period is the 31st day of a month but the first day of the calculation period is a day other than the 30th or 31st day of a month, in which case, the month that includes that last day is not shortened to a 30-day month).
EBOND (30E/360)
EBOND is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360, where the number of days is calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months, without regard to the date of the first or last day of the calculation period.
Date conv
Drop-down box.
Date conv specifies the convention used to adjust generated payment schedule dates that fall on non-business days.
The following are valid business day conventions:
D no date adjustment,
S next valid business day,
P previous valid business day,
M modified following valid business day,
EMD end of month no date adjustment,
EMS end of month next valid business day,
EMP end of month previous valid business day,
2PW two business days before third Wednesday,
SCD strip of cash deposits,
3W third Wednesday,
EMN end of month ignore leap years.
Date dir
Drop-down box.
Date dir is the direction in which schedule generation dates are calculated. Date dir may be 'VF' (forward from value date) or 'MB' (backward from maturity date).
Swap type
Display only.
Swap type indicates whether the individual pricing the swap is paying or receiving the fixed rate leg. Swap type is determined by other ranges and is required to map a swap to the deal ticket.
340 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid customers. The data must be previously entered using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Portfolio
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders. Portfolio defaults to the value on the trader record entered using the TRAD, Trader Identification screen.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid portfolios. The data must be previously entered using the PORT, Portfolio Identification Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Broker
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Broker is the code of the broker involved in the deal or the deal source code that identifies how the deal is arranged (e.g., telex, phone, REUTERS).
Ctrl + F2 lists valid brokers. The data must be previously entered using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Schedules AreaThe Schedules area is used to edit swap interest payment schedules and revalue swaps based on the new schedule information.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 341
Schedules Area Layout
Schedules Area Ranges
Pay/receive
Display only.
Pay/receive indicates whether the interest for the schedule record is paid or received.
Fix/float
Display only.
Fix/float indicates whether the interest rate for the schedule record is fixed or floating.
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the schedule record.
First/last
Display only.
First/last identifies the reset and interest settlement method for the interest payment. First/Last may be 'First', 'Last', or 'FRA'.
'First' indicates the rate is reset before the start of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
342 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
'Last' indicates the rate is reset at the end of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
'FRA' indicates the rate is reset at the beginning of the interest payment period and settles at the beginning of the interest payment period.
Compounding
Display only.
Compounding indicates whether the swap leg schedule record is compounding the interest from the previous schedule.
Interest start date
Optional. Date format.
Interest start date is the first day of the term of the interest period.
Interest end date
Optional. Date format.
Interest end date is the last day of the term of the interest period.
Rate refix date
Optional. Date format.
Rate refix date is the date the interest rate is revised.
Notional amount
Required. Numeric, up to 13 digits.
Notional amount is the currency amount of the schedule record.
Interest rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Interest rate is the rate used to calculate the interest amount paid or received on the payment date of the swap leg.
Cap rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Cap rate is the maximum interest rate for a floating swap leg.
Floor rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Floor rate is the minimum interest rate for a floating swap leg.
Spread
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 343
Spread is the amount the interest rate is increased or decreased based on the amount of the spread.
Rate code
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the deal rate (e.g., rate source, rate type, designated maturity).
Payment date
Optional. Date format.
Payment date is the date the scheduled interest payment is made.
Payment amount
Display only.
Payment amount is the calculated interest payment amount denominated in the currency of the swap.
Discount factor
Display only.
Discount factor is the factor used to present value the payment amount.
NPV
Display only.
NPV is the present value of the interest payment amount.
Spot rate
Display only.
Spot rate is the spot rate of exchange branch base currency and the notional currency of the deal.
Spot terms
Display only.
Spot terms indicates whether the interest amount is multiplied (M) or divided (D) by the spot rate.
NPV in local currency
Display only.
NPV in local currency is the net present value of the interest payment converted to base currency.
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used to price the swap pay leg and to edit the par rates used to generate the yield curve's discount factors.
344 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve used to value the swap pay leg schedule records.
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the swap pay leg scheduled payments to present values.
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Display only.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 345
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Last date
Display only.
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Display only.
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Display only.
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Display only.
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Regenerate Curve
Drop-down box.
Regenerate Curve specifies whether the pricer regenerates discount factors for the yield curve using the specified par rates. If 'No' is selected, the swap is priced using the existing discount factors.
Maturity
Display only.
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Display only.
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Rate type
Display only.
Rate type identifies the type of interest rate used to generate the yield curve. Rate type is blank if the tenor point is interpolated.
346 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Current Rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Current Rate is the interest rate generated from the yield curve.
Spread
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Spread is the amount the current rate is adjusted for analysis.
Par Rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Par Rate is the contributing interest rate used to calculate the discount factors for the specified yield curve. If a futures strip is used to create the yield curve, Par Rate must be the futures prices (for Rate type 'Future').
DF TDY
Display only.
DF TDY is the discount factor associated with the maturity generated today.
DF YST
Display only.
DF YST is the discount factor associated with the maturity generated yesterday.
DF_01 TDY
Display only.
DF_01 TDY is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated today.
DF_01 YST
Display only.
DF_01 YST is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated yesterday.
Interpolated
Display only.
Interpolated indicates whether the tenor point is interpolated ('Y' for yes, 'N' for no).
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 347
PRSW: Currency Interest Rate Swap
IntroductionThe Currency Interest Rate Swap worksheet is used to value standard interest rate currency swaps.
Starting Currency Interest Rate SwapTo access the PRSW, Interest Rate Swap Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories. Select Swaps from the category items.
Select the Currency tab at the bottom of the PRSW, Interest Rate Swap Pricer workbook.
Currency Interest Rate Swap Area
Currency Interest Rate Swap Area Layout
Currency Interest Rate Swap Area Ranges
Deal date
Required. Date format.
Deal date is the date the deal is made. Deal date defaults to the current branch processing date. Deal date must be less than or equal to the start date and the branch processing date.
348 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Swap value
Display only.
Swap value is the current value of the swap.
Start date
Required. Date format.
Start date is the first day of the term of the swap deal.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Maturity date
Required. Date format.
Maturity date is the date the swap deal matures.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Solve for
Drop-down box.
Solve for specifies which part of the swap price to calculate. Valid values for Solve for are:
Market Value,
Fixed Rate,
Float Rate,
Spread Rate.
Market Value solves for the market value of the swap by calculating the sum of each leg's NPV amount.
Fixed Rate solves for the swap fixed rate, resulting in an NPV market value that equals the swap value.
Float Rate solves for the current floating rate, resulting in an NPV market value that equals the swap value.
Spread Rate solves for the current spread over floating rate, resulting in an NPV market value that equals the swap value.
Pay/reset cycle
Drop-down box.
Pay/reset cycle specifies the period when the interest is paid/received and the interest rate is reset. The following are valid cycles:
Annual,
Semi-annual,
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 349
Quarterly,
Monthly,
Maturity.
First/Last
Drop-down box.
First/Last identifies the reset and interest settlement method for the interest payment. First/Last may be 'First', 'Last', or 'FRA'.
'First' indicates the rate is reset before the start of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
'Last' indicates the rate is reset at the end of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
'FRA' indicates the rate is reset at the beginning of the interest payment period and settles at the beginning of the interest payment period.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve and the swap (or pay/receive leg of the swap).
Ctrl + F2 list valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Notional Amount
Required. Numeric, up to 13 digits.
Notional Amount is the currency amount of the swap pay/receive leg.
Yield curve
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve is the name of the yield curve used to discount the pay/receive swap leg scheduled payments to present values.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
350 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Fix/float
Drop-down box.
Fix/float specifies whether the interest rate for the pay/receive swap leg is fixed or floating.
Rate code
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the deal rate (e.g., rate source, rate type, designated maturity).
Interest rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Interest rate is the rate used to calculate the interest amount paid or received on the payment date of the swap leg. rate may be entered as a number with a decimal (e.g., 99999.99999999) or as a whole number and a fraction, where Analytics calculates the decimal amount (e.g., 12 7/8). The denominator of the fraction must be 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64.
The sum of the interest rate and the spread rate is used to calculate the interest paid or received on the payment date.
Spread rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Spread rate is the amount the interest rate is increased or decreased based on the amount of the spread.
Basis
Drop-down box.
Basis is the basis used to calculate interest.
The following are valid values for Basis:
Actual/Actual ACT365
Actual/365 A365
Actual/360 A360
BOND 30/360
EBOND (Eurobond) 30E/360.
Actual/Actual (ACT365)
Actual/Actual is the number of days in the calculation period, divided by 365. If any portion of the calculation is in a leap year, Actual/Actual is the sum of (A) the number of days in that portion of the calculation period in the leap year divided by 366 and (B) the number of days in that portion of the calculation period in a non-leap year divided by 365.
Actual/365 (A365)
Actual/365 is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 351
Actual/360 (A360)
Actual/360 is the actual number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
BOND (30/360)
BOND is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360, where the number of days is calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months (unless the last day of the calculation period is the 31st day of a month but the first day of the calculation period is a day other than the 30th or 31st day of a month, in which case, the month that includes that last day is not shortened to a 30-day month).
EBOND (30E/360)
EBOND is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360, where the number of days is calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months, without regard to the date of the first or last day of the calculation period.
Date conv
Drop-down box.
Date conv specifies the convention used to adjust generated payment schedule dates that fall on non-business days.
The following are valid business day conventions:
D no date adjustment,
S next valid business day,
P previous valid business day,
M modified following valid business day,
EMD end of month no date adjustment,
EMS end of month next valid business day,
EMP end of month previous valid business day,
2PW two business days before third Wednesday,
SCD strip of cash deposits,
3W third Wednesday,
EMN end of month ignore leap years.
Date dir
Drop-down box.
Date dir is the direction in which schedule generation dates are calculated. Date dir may be 'VF' (forward from value date) or 'MB' (backward from maturity date).
Int. exch. rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.4 digits.
Int. exch. rate is the exchange rate used to convert the interest payment amount to the notional currency of the deal.
352 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Terms
Drop-down box.
Terms specifies whether the interest amount is multiplied or divided by the exchange rate.
Exch. Principle
Drop-down box.
Exch. Principle specifies whether initial, final or both exchanges of currency principle are included when generating a swap schedule and pricing a swap.
Swap type
Display only.
Swap type indicates whether the individual pricing the swap is paying or receiving the fixed rate leg. Swap type is determined by other ranges and is required to map a swap to the deal ticket.
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid customers. The data must be previously entered using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Portfolio
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Portfolio identifies a trader, department or group of related traders. Portfolio defaults to the value on the trader record entered using the TRAD, Trader Identification screen.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid portfolios. The data must be previously entered using the PORT, Portfolio Identification Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Broker
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Broker is the code of the broker involved in the deal or the deal source code that identifies how the deal is arranged (e.g., telex, phone, REUTERS).
Ctrl + F2 lists valid brokers. The data must be previously entered using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Schedules AreaThe Schedules area is used to edit swap interest payment schedules and revalue swaps based on the new schedule information.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 353
Schedules Area Layout
Schedules Area Ranges
Pay/receive
Display only.
Pay/receive indicates whether the interest for the schedule record is paid or received.
Fix/float
Display only.
Fix/float indicates whether the interest rate for the schedule record is fixed or floating.
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the schedule record.
First/last
Display only.
First/last identifies the reset and interest settlement method for the interest payment. First/Last may be 'First', 'Last', or 'FRA'.
'First' indicates the rate is reset before the start of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
354 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
'Last' indicates the rate is reset at the end of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
'FRA' indicates the rate is reset at the beginning of the interest payment period and settles at the beginning of the interest payment period.
Compounding
Display only.
Compounding indicates whether the schedule record is compounding the interest from the previous schedule.
Interest start date
Optional. Date format.
Interest start date is the first day of the term of the interest period.
Interest end date
Optional. Date format.
Interest end date is the last day of the term of the interest period.
Rate refix date
Optional. Date format.
Rate refix date is the date the interest rate is revised.
Notional amount
Required. Numeric, up to 13 digits.
Notional amount is the currency amount of the schedule record.
Interest rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Interest rate is the rate used to calculate the interest amount paid or received on the payment date of the schedule record.
Cap rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Cap rate is the maximum interest rate for a floating swap leg.
Floor rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Floor rate is the minimum interest rate for a floating swap leg.
Spread
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 355
Spread is the amount the interest rate is increased or decreased based on the amount of the spread.
Rate code
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the deal rate (e.g., rate source, rate type, designated maturity).
Payment date
Optional. Date format.
Payment date is the date the scheduled interest payment is made.
Payment amount
Display only.
Payment amount is the calculated interest payment amount denominated in the currency of the swap.
Discount factor
Display only.
Discount factor is the factor used to present value the payment amount.
NPV
Display only.
NPV is the present value of the interest payment amount.
Spot rate
Display only.
Spot rate is the spot rate of exchange branch base currency and the notional currency of the deal.
Spot terms
Display only.
Spot terms indicates whether the interest amount is multiplied (M) or divided (D) by the spot rate.
NPV in local currency
Display only.
NPV in local currency is the net present value of the interest payment converted to base currency.
Yield Curve - Pay Leg AreaThe Yield Curve -Pay Leg area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used to price the swap pay leg and to edit the par rates used to generate the yield curve's discount factors.
356 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Yield Curve - Pay Leg Area Layout
Yield Curve - Pay Leg Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve used to value the swap pay leg schedule records.
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the swap pay leg scheduled payments to present values.
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Display only.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 357
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Last date
Display only.
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Display only.
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Display only.
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Display only.
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Regenerate Curve
Drop-down box.
Regenerate Curve specifies whether the pricer regenerates discount factors for the yield curve using the specified par rates. If 'No' is selected, the swap is priced using the existing discount factors.
Maturity
Display only.
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Display only.
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Rate type
Display only.
Rate type identifies the type of interest rate used to generate the yield curve. Rate type is blank if the tenor point is interpolated.
358 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Current Rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Current Rate is the interest rate generated from the yield curve.
Spread
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Spread is the amount the current rate is adjusted for analysis.
Par Rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Par Rate is the contributing interest rate used to calculate the discount factors for the specified yield curve. If a futures strip is used to create the yield curve, Par Rate must be the futures prices (for Rate type 'Future').
DF TDY
Display only.
DF TDY is the discount factor associated with the maturity generated today.
DF YST
Display only.
DF YST is the discount factor associated with the maturity generated yesterday.
DF_01 TDY
Display only.
DF_01 TDY is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated today.
DF_01 YST
Display only.
DF_01 YST is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated yesterday.
Interpolated
Display only.
Interpolated indicates whether the tenor point is interpolated ('Y' for yes, 'N' for no).
Yield Curve - Receive Leg AreaThe Yield Curve -Receive Leg area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used to price the swap receive leg and to edit the par rates used to generate the yield curve's discount factors.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 359
Yield Curve - Receive Leg Area Layout
Yield Curve - Receive Leg Area Ranges
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency of the yield curve used to value the swap pay leg schedule records.
Yield curve id
Display only.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the swap pay leg scheduled payments to present values.
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Display only.
360 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Last date
Display only.
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Display only.
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Display only.
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Display only.
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Regenerate Curve
Drop-down box.
Regenerate Curve specifies whether the pricer regenerates discount factors for the yield curve using the specified par rates. If 'No' is selected, the swap is priced using the existing discount factors.
Maturity
Display only.
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Display only.
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Rate type
Display only.
Rate type identifies the type of interest rate used to generate the yield curve. Rate type is blank if the tenor point is interpolated.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 361
Current Rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Current Rate is the interest rate generated from the yield curve.
Spread
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Spread is the amount the current rate is adjusted for analysis.
Par Rate
Required. Numeric, up to 3.6 digits.
Par Rate is the contributing interest rate used to calculate the discount factors for the specified yield curve. If a futures strip is used to create the yield curve, Par Rate must be the futures prices (for Rate type 'Future').
DF TDY
Display only.
DF TDY is the discount factor associated with the maturity generated today.
DF YST
Display only.
DF YST is the discount factor associated with the maturity generated yesterday.
DF_01 TDY
Display only.
DF_01 TDY is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated today.
DF_01 YST
Display only.
DF_01 YST is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point and generated yesterday.
Interpolated
Display only.
Interpolated indicates whether the tenor point is interpolated ('Y' for yes, 'N' for no).
PRSW: ButtonsThe PRSW, Interest Rate Swap Pricer, Custom Interest Rate Swap, Standard Interest Rate Swap and Currency Interest Rate Swap screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following buttons perform functions and processing specific to the PRSW screen.
362 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Processing Buttons
Yield Curve Pay
The Yield Curve Pay button is used to display the Yield Curve - Pay Leg area.
Yield Curve Rec.
The Yield Curve Rec. button is used to display the Yield Curve - Receive Leg area.
Value
The Value button is used to calculate the current price of the swap.
Create Sched.
The Create Sched. button is used to generate default swap schedules used to value the swap.
Revalue
The Revalue button is used to recalculate the swap value based on new schedule information.
Map Deal
The Map Deal button is used to enter the displayed swap deal on the appropriate tab of the SWVE, Vanilla Swap Deal Entry screen.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 363
PROT: OTC Pricer
IntroductionThe PROT, OTC Pricer workbook is used to price standard, bond and exotic over the counter options. Price estimates are calculated based on different option pricing models, depending on the specific option.
PROT Worksheets
OTC Currency Option Pricer
The OTC Currency Option Pricer worksheet is used to price standard over the counter currency options.
OTC Bond Option Pricer
The OTC Bond Option Pricer worksheet is used to price over the counter bond options.
OTC Barrier Options Pricer
The OTC Barrier Options Pricer workbook is used to price over the counter barrier options.
Starting OTC PricerTo access the PROT, OTC Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories.
Select OTC Options from the category items.
Selecting PROT WorksheetsSelect one of the following tabs at the bottom of the PROT, OTC Pricer workbook:
Currency,
Bond,
Barrier.
364 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
PROT: OTC Currency Option Pricer
IntroductionThe OTC Currency Option Pricer worksheet is used to price standard over the counter currency options.
Starting OTC Currency Option PricerTo access the PROT, OTC Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories. Select OTC Options from the category items.
Select the Currency tab at the bottom of the PROT, OTC Pricer workbook.
OTC Currency Option Pricer Area
OTC Currency Option Pricer Area Layout
OTC Currency Option Pricer Area Ranges
Deal number
Optional. Numeric, up to 7 digits.
Deal number is the number of the deal.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 365
Style
Drop-down box.
Style specifies whether the option is European (exercised on the expiration date) or American (exercised any time between the deal date and expiration date).
Deal date
Required. Date format.
Deal date is the date the deal is made. Deal date defaults to the current branch processing date. Deal date must be less than or equal to the branch processing date.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Model
Drop-down box.
Model is the model used to price the option, based on the option style.
Expiration date
Required. Date format.
Expiration date is the date the option expires.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Volatility
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Volatility is a measure of the price variation for the financial instrument underlying the option.
A volatility must be entered to calculate the premium value of an option. If Volatility is not entered, an implied volatility may be calculated.
Volatility may be entered or selected using the up or down arrow (spinner).
Settlement date
Required. Date format.
Settlement date is the date funds are paid or received for the option.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the primary currency purchased or sold when the option is exercised.
(CTR) CCY is the counter currency of the option.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
366 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Delta
Display only.
Delta is the sensitivity of the option premium to a change in the price of the underlying financial instrument.
Call/Put
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Call/Put identifies the priced option as a call or put option.
(CTR) Call/Put is the opposite of (CCY) Call/Put.
Forward delta
Display only.
Forward delta is the delta value of the option on the expiration date.
Strike
Required. Numeric, up to 8.8 digits.
Strike is the price at which the option may be exercised.
Gamma
Display only.
Gamma is the option's delta sensitivity to a small change in the price of the underlying financial instrument.
Spot
Required. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Spot is the spot rate of exchange between the currency and the counter currency.
Theta
Display only.
Theta is the sensitivity of the option premium to a one day decrease in the option's time to expiration.
Forward value
Required. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Forward value is the forward exchange rate for the term of the option.
Vega
Display only.
Vega is the sensitivity of the option premium to a change in the volatility of the underlying financial instrument.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 367
Rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Rate is the annualized rate of interest for the currency and the counter currency. Rate is used to calculate the forward rate of the deal.
Rho (domestic)
Display only.
Rho (domestic) is the change in the option price based on a one percent change in the domestic interest rate.
Rho (foreign)
Display only.
Rho (foreign) is the change in the option price based on a one percent change in the foreign interest rate.
Principal
Required. Numeric, up to 12.2 digits.
Principal is the currency amount purchased or sold when the option is exercised.
Principal is entered as a number (e.g., 9999999999999.99) or as an amount followed by a suffix ('B' for billions, 'M' for millions, 'T' for thousands). For example, one million is entered '1000000' or '1M'.
Prem %
Optional. Numeric, up to 4.6 digits.
Prem % is the percentage of the option's principal amount paid as a premium.
Prem % must be entered to calculate the implied volatility (using the Calc Implied button).
Premium
Display only.
Premium is the currency amount of the option's premium. Premium is the price of the option.
Hedge
Display only.
Hedge is product of the delta and the principal amount.
Mapping Information AreaThe Mapping Information area is used to map over the counter currency option pricing information to the OTDE, OTC Options Deal Entry screen.
368 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Mapping Information Area Layout
Mapping Information Area Ranges
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made.
Product
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 6 characters.
Product identifies the product module (e.g., 'OTC' for OTC Options).
Product type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Product type identifies the products within the product module (e.g., 'OT' for OTC Options).
Purchase/sale
Drop-down box.
Purchase/sale identifies the deal as a purchase or a sale.
Rates AreaThe Rates area is used to edit exchange rates and to link currency spot rates to DDE live data feeds.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 369
Rates Area Layout
Rates Area Ranges
CCY1
Display only.
CCY1 is the first currency in the currency pair.
CCY2
Display only.
CCY2 is the second currency in the currency pair.
Terms
Display only.
Terms specifies whether the CCY1 spot rate is multiplied or divided by the exchange rate to calculate the counter currency amount.
Spot
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Spot is the spot rate of exchange between CCY1 and CCY2 of the currency pair. Spot may be entered as a spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
370 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
PROT: OTC Bond Option Pricer
IntroductionThe OTC Bond Option Pricer worksheet is used to price over the counter bond options.
Starting OTC Bond Option PricerTo access the PROT, OTC Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories. Select OTC Options from the category items.
Select the Bond tab at the bottom of the PROT, OTC Pricer workbook.
OTC Bond Option Pricer Area
OTC Bond Option Pricer Area Layout
OTC Bond Option Pricer Area Ranges
Deal number
Optional. Numeric, up to 7 digits.
Deal number is the number of the deal.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 371
Style
Display only.
Style specifies whether the option is European (exercised on the expiration date) or American (exercised any time between the deal date and expiration date).
Deal date
Required. Date format.
Deal date is the date the deal is made. Deal date defaults to the current branch processing date. Deal date must be less than or equal to the branch processing date.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Model
Display only.
Model is the model used to price the option.
Value date
Required. Date format.
Value date is the settlement date of the premium.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Volatility
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Volatility is a measure of the price variation for the financial instrument underlying the option.
A volatility must be entered to calculate the premium value of an option. If Volatility is not entered, an implied volatility may be calculated.
Volatility may be entered or selected using the up or down arrow (spinner).
Expiration date
Required. Date format.
Expiration date is the date the option expires.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Settlement date
Required. Date format.
Settlement date is the date funds are paid or received for the option.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
372 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Delta
Display only.
Delta is the sensitivity of the option premium to a change in the price of the underlying financial instrument.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the primary currency purchased or sold when the option is exercised.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Gamma
Display only.
Gamma is the option's delta sensitivity to a small change in the price of the underlying financial instrument.
Call/Put
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Call/Put identifies the priced option as a call or put option.
Theta
Display only.
Theta is the sensitivity of the option premium to a one day decrease in the expiration of the option.
Strike price
Required. Numeric, up to 8.8 digits.
Strike price is the price at which the option may be exercised.
Vega
Display only.
Vega is the sensitivity of the option premium to a change in the volatility of the underlying financial instrument.
Bond Price
Required. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Bond Price is the current price of the specified security.
Rho
Display only.
Rho is the change in the option price based on a one percent change in the interest rate.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 373
Forward Value
Required. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Forward Value is the price of the specified security id.
Security id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 20 characters.
Security id identifies the security underlying the option.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid security identifiers. The data must be previously entered using the SEMM, Security Master Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Principal
Required. Numeric, up to 12.2 digits.
Principal is the currency amount purchased or sold when the option is exercised.
Principal is entered as a number (e.g., 9999999999999.99) or as an amount followed by a suffix ('B' for billions, 'M' for millions, 'T' for thousands). For example, one million is entered '1000000' or '1M'.
Prem %
Optional. Numeric, up to 4.6 digits.
Prem % is the percentage of the option's principal amount paid as a premium.
Prem % must be entered to calculate the implied volatility (using the Calc Implied button).
Premium
Display only.
Premium is the currency amount of the option's premium. Premium is the price of the option.
Mapping Information AreaThe Mapping Information area is used to map over the counter bond option pricing information to the OTDE, OTC Options Deal Entry screen.
374 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Mapping Information Area Layout
Mapping Information Area Ranges
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made.
Product
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 6 characters.
Product identifies the product module (e.g., 'OTC' for OTC Options).
Product type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Product type identifies the products within the product module (e.g., 'OT' for OTC Options).
Purchase/sale
Drop-down box.
Purchase/sale identifies the deal as a purchase or a sale.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 375
PROT: OTC Barrier Options Pricer
IntroductionThe OTC Barrier Options Pricer workbook is used to price over the counter barrier options.
Starting OTC Barrier Options PricerTo access the PROT, OTC Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories. Select OTC Options from the category items.
Select the Barrier tab at the bottom of the PROT, OTC Pricer workbook.
OTC Barrier Options Pricer Area
OTC Barrier Options Pricer Area Layout
OTC Barrier Options Pricer Area Ranges
Deal date
Required. Date format.
Deal date is the date the deal is made. Deal date defaults to the current branch processing date. Deal date must be less than or equal to the branch processing date.
376 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Barrier type
Drop-down box.
Barrier type specifies whether the barrier is a 'knock in' barrier or a 'knock out' barrier.
Expiration date
Required. Date format.
Expiration date is the date the option expires.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Volatility
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Volatility is a measure of the price variation for the financial instrument underlying the option.
A volatility must be entered to calculate the premium value of an option. If Volatility is not entered, an implied volatility may be calculated.
Option type
Drop-down box.
Option type identifies the option as a call or put option.
Delta
Display only.
Delta is the sensitivity of the option premium to a change in the price of the underlying financial instrument.
Strike
Required. Numeric, up to 8.8 digits.
Strike is the price at which the option may be exercised.
Probability of breaching barrier
Display only.
Probability of breaching barrier is the probability of the foreign exchange rate breaching the option barrier.
Spot
Required. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Spot is the spot rate of exchange between the currency and the counter currency.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 377
Barrier
Required. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Barrier is the level at which the option becomes active (knock in), or the level at which the option becomes invalid (knock out).
Rebate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Rebate is the value of the option when the barrier is breached.
Domestic rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Domestic rate is the domestic rate of interest for the option.
Foreign rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Foreign rate is the foreign rate of interest for the option.
Premium (in points)
Display only.
Premium (in points) is the amount of the option premium, in points.
PROT: ButtonsThe PROT, OTC Pricer, OTC Currency Option Pricer and OTC Bond Option Pricer screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the PROT screen.
Processing Buttons
Calc. Premium
The Calc. Premium button is used to calculate a premium. To calculate a premium, enter the option information and select the Calc. Premium button.
Calc. Implied
The Calc. Implied button is used to calculate implied volatility. Enter the option information and select the Calc. Implied button. The premium percent must be entered to calculate implied volatility of an option.
Get Rates
The Get Rates button is used to display the rates for the specified currency pair.
Map Deal
The Map Deal button is used to enter the displayed over the counter option deal on the OTDE, OTC Options Entry screen.
378 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Options
The Options button is used to display the OTC Currency Option Pricer or the OTC Bond Option Pricer area.
Get CCY
The Get CCY button is used to display all currency pairs for the current branch.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 379
PRFX: Forward Point Pricer
IntroductionThe PRFX, Forward Point Pricer workbook is used to calculate forward points for proposed and existing foreign exchange deals based on the spot rate and yield curves for a specified currency pair.
PRFX Worksheets
Pricer
The Pricer worksheet is used to calculate forward points for a specified currency pair.
Rates Through Points
The Rates Through Points worksheet is used to calculate rates for one currency in a currency pair based on the rates and forward points for the other currency in the currency pair.
Starting Forward Point PricerTo access the PRFX, Forward Point Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories.
Select FX Forwards from the category items.
Selecting PRFX WorksheetsSelect one of the following tabs at the bottom of the PRFX, Forward Point Pricer workbook:
Forward Points,
Rates Through Points.
380 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
PRFX: Pricer
IntroductionThe Pricer worksheet is used to calculate forward points for a specified currency pair.
Starting PricerTo access the PRFX, Forward Point Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories. Select FX Forwards from the category items.
Select the Forward Points tab at the bottom of the PRFX, Forward Point Pricer.
Pricer Area
Pricer Area Layout
Pricer Area Ranges
CCY1
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY1 is a currency in the currency pair. The combination of CCY1 and CCY2 must be a valid currency pair displayed in the Rates area.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 381
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the CCYP, Default CCY Pair Terms screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to calculate forward points for CCY1.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
CCY2
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY2 is a currency in the currency pair. The combination of CCY2 and CCY1 must be a valid currency pair displayed in the Rates area.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the CCYP, Default CCY Pair Terms screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to calculate forward points for CCY2.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
382 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Terms
Display only.
Terms specifies whether the CCY1 spot rate is multiplied by or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the CCY2 amount.
Broken date
Optional. Date format.
Broken date is the date used to calculate forward points. Broken date cannot equal the tenor date.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity period used to calculate forward points. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
CCY1 rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.8 digits.
CCY1 rate is the zero coupon rate (associated with the CCY1 yield curve) for the specified tenor.
CCY2 rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.8 digits.
CCY2 rate is the zero coupon rate (associated with the CCY2 yield curve) for the specified tenor.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 383
Spot/Fwd. points
Required. Numeric, up to 8.2 digits.
Spot/Fwd. points is the spot rate for the specified currency pair and the calculated forward points.
Bid offset
Optional. Numeric, up to 8.2 digits.
Bid offset adjusts the forward points calculation to offer a market spread of the forward spread.
Ask offset
Optional. Numeric, up to 8.2 digits.
Ask offset adjusts the forward points calculation to offer a market spread of the forward spread.
Bid points
Display only.
Bid points are the bid forward points for the specified tenor.
Ask points
Display only.
Ask points are the ask forward points for the specified tenor.
CCY1 Yield Curve AreaThe CCY1 Yield Curve Area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used in the forward points calculation for CCY1.
384 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
CCY1 Yield Curve Area Layout
CCY1 Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to calculate forward points.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 385
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
CCY2 Yield Curve AreaThe CCY2 Yield Curve Area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used in the forward points calculation for CCY2.
386 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
CCY2 Yield Curve Area Layout
CCY2 Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to calculate forward points.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 387
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Rates AreaThe Rates area is used to edit exchange rates and to link currency spot rates to DDE live data feeds.
388 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Rates Area Layout
Rates Area Ranges
CCY1
Display only.
CCY1 is the first currency in the currency pair.
CCY2
Display only.
CCY2 is the second currency in the currency pair.
Terms
Display only.
Terms specifies whether the CCY1 spot rate is multiplied by or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the CCY2 amount.
Spot
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Spot is the spot rate of exchange between CCY1 and CCY2 of the currency pair. Spot may be an entered spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 389
Mapping Information AreaThe Mapping Information area is used to map currency pair information to the FXDE, Foreign Exchange Deal Entry screen.
Mapping Information Area Layout
Mapping Information Area Ranges
CCY1
Display only.
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY1 is a currency in the currency pair. CCY1 is mapped to the FXDE, Foreign Exchange Deal Entry screen as the currency of the deal.
Purchase/Sale
Drop-down box.
Purchase/Sale specifies whether the deal is a purchase or sale.
CCY2
Display only.
CCY2 is a currency in the currency pair. CCY2 is mapped to the FXDE, Foreign Exchange Deal Entry screen as the counter currency of the deal.
390 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Spot rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Spot rate is the spot rate of exchange between the currency (CCY1) and the counter currency (CCY2) of the deal.
Amount
Optional. Numeric, up to 10.2 digits.
Amount is the notional amount of the deal.
Spot/Fwd. points
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Spot/Fwd. points is the spot rate for the specified currency pair and the calculated forward points.
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid customers. The data must be previously entered using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Value date
Optional. Date format.
Value date is the date for which the forward points are calculated.
Broker
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Broker is the code of the broker involved in the deal or the deal source code that identifies how the deal is arranged (e.g., telex, phone, REUTERS).
Ctrl + F2 lists valid brokers. The data must be previously entered using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 391
PRFX: Rates Through Points
IntroductionThe Rates Through Points worksheet is used to calculate rates for one currency in a currency pair based on the rates and forward points for the other currency in the currency pair.
Starting Rates Through PointsTo access the PRFX, Forward Points Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories. Select FX Forwards from the category items.
Select the Rates Through Points tab at the bottom of the PRFX, Forward Points Pricer workbook.
Rates Through Points Area
Rates Through Points Area Layout
Rates Through Points Area Ranges
CCY1
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY1 is a currency in the currency pair. The combination of CCY1 and CCY2 must be a valid currency pair displayed in the Rates area.
392 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the CCYP, Default CCY Pair Terms screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
CCY2
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY2 is a currency in the currency pair. The combination of CCY2 and CCY1 must be a valid currency pair displayed in the Rates area.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the CCYP, Default CCY Pair Terms screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Terms
Display only.
Terms specifies whether the rate is multiplied by or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the local currency amount.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the specified yield curve. CCY must equal CCY1 or CCY2.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used calculate rates from forward points.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Shift seq
Optional. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 393
Broken date
Optional. Date format.
Broken date is the date for which the rates are calculated. Broken date cannot equal the tenor date.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Tenor
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 4 characters.
Tenor is a designated maturity period used to calculate forward points. Tenor is entered as 'O/N', 'TOM', 'SPOT', or in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, weeks, months or years and X is D (day), W (week), M (month) or Y (year).
Tenor date
Display only.
Tenor date is the date of the specified tenor. Tenor date is calculated from the spot date, tenor designated maturity, day rule and financial calendar for the specified yield curve id.
CCY1 rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.8 digits.
CCY1 rate is the zero coupon rate (associated with the CCY1 yield curve) for the specified tenor.
CCY2 rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 3.8 digits.
CCY2 rate is the zero coupon rate (associated with the CCY2 yield curve) for the specified tenor.
Spot/Fwd. points
Required. Numeric, up to 8.2 digits.
Spot/Fwd. points is the spot rate for the specified currency pair and the calculated forward points.
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve Area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used to calculate rates.
394 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to calculate rates.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 395
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Rates AreaThe Rates area is used to edit exchange rates and to link currency spot rates to DDE live data feeds.
396 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Rates Area Layout
Rates Area Ranges
CCY1
Display only.
CCY1 is the first currency in the currency pair.
CCY2
Display only.
CCY2 is the second currency in the currency pair.
Terms
Display only.
Terms specifies whether the CCY1 spot rate is multiplied by or divided into the foreign currency amount to calculate the CCY2 amount.
Spot
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.4 digits.
Spot is the spot rate of exchange between CCY1 and CCY2 of the currency pair. Spot may be an entered spot rate or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 397
PRFX: ButtonsThe PRFX, Pricer and Rates Through Points screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following buttons perform functions and processing specific to the PRFX screen.
Processing Buttons
CCY1 Yield Curve
The CCY1 Yield Curve button is used to display the CCY1 Yield Curve area. Forward points must be calculated before the CCY1 yield curve information can be displayed.
CCY2 Yield Curve
The CCY2 Yield Curve button is used to display the CCY1 Yield Curve area. Forward points must be calculated before the CCY2 yield curve information can be displayed.
Calc. Fwd. Points
The Calc. Fwd. Points button is used to calculate forward points for the specified currency pair.
Recalculate
The Recalculate button is used to recalculate forward points for the specified currency pair.
Map Deal
The Map Deal button is used to map a deal. Select a cell and select the OK button.
Get CCY
The Get CCY button is used to display all currency pairs for the current branch.
Rates Through Pts.
The Rates Through Pts. button is used to display the Rates Through Points area.
398 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
PRCF: Cap, Floor and Collar Pricer
IntroductionThe PRCF, Cap, Floor and Collar Pricer workbook is used to calculate cap, floor and collar market values. Market values are based on combinations of yield curves, rate revision methods and reset cycles.
The PRCF, Cap, Floor and Collar Pricer is integrated into the OPICS data structure and may be used to display OPICS cap, floor and collar deals and to map pricer information to the CCDE, Caps and Floors Deal Entry screen.
Starting Cap, Floor and Collar PricerTo access the PRCF, Cap, Floor and Collar Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories.
Select Caps, Floors from the category items.
Pricer Area
Pricer Area Layout
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 399
Pricer Area Ranges
Branch
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Branch is the branch where the deal is entered. Branch identifies an operation unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books.
The branch code is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Cap/floor/collar
Drop-down box.
Cap/floor/collar identifies the deal as a cap, floor or collar.
Deal number
Optional. Numeric, up to 7 digits.
Deal number is the number of the cap, floor or collar deal.
Volatility
Required. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Volatility is the variability of the financial instrument underlying the cap, floor or collar.
Volatility may be entered or selected using the up or down arrow (spinner).
Deal date
Optional. Date format.
Deal date is the date the deal is made. Deal date defaults to the current branch processing date. Deal date must be less than or equal to the branch processing date and the start date.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Start date
Optional. Date format.
Start date is the first day of the term of the deal. Start date must be greater than or equal to the deal date.
Start date may be entered as a calendar date or as a tenor period. Tenor periods are entered in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, months or years and X is D (day), M (month) or Y (year), or as 'SPOT', 'TOM' or 'O/N'.
Start date defaults to the spot date of the specified yield curve.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Purchase/sale
Drop-down box.
400 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Purchase/sale identifies the cap, floor or collar as a purchase or sale.
Maturity date
Required. Date format.
Maturity date is the date the cap, floor or collar matures. Maturity date may be entered as a calendar date or as a tenor period. Tenor periods are entered in the format 'nnX', where nn is the number of days, months or years and X is D (day), M (month) or Y (year), or as 'SPOT', 'TOM' or 'O/N'.
If Maturity date is entered as a tenor period, the maturity date is calculated from the specified start date.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar with a list of valid business days. Select a date from the calendar to enter it into the range.
Notional amount
Optional. Numeric, up to 12.2 digits.
Notional amount is the currency amount of the cap, floor or collar deal.
Notional amount can be entered as a number (e.g., 999999999999999.99) or as an amount followed by a suffix (e.g., 'B' for billions, 'M' for millions, 'T' for thousands). For example, one million is entered as '1000000' or '1M'.
Notional amount defaults to 1,000,000.
Cap strike rate
Required. Numeric, up to 8.8 digits.
Cap strike rate is the maximum rate used to calculate the settlement amount on a reset date during the life of the cap (or cap portion of a collar).
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the cap, floor or collar deal.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Floor strike rate
Required. Numeric, up to 8.8 digits.
Floor strike rate is the minimum rate used to calculate a settlement amount on a reset date during the life of the floor (or floor portion of the collar).
Yield curve id
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to calculate forward rates and risk-free interest rates.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 401
Shift seq
Display only.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Market price (in % par)
Display only.
Market price (in % par) is the market value of the cap, floor or collar as a percent of the notional amount.
Market value
Display only.
Market value is the market value of the cap, floor or collar in the specified currency.
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Reset cycle
Drop-down box.
Reset cycle specifies the period when the index rate is reset.
The following are valid cycles:
Annual,
Semi-annual,
Quarterly,
Monthly.
Rate revision day
Optional. Numeric, up to 2 digits.
Rate revision day is the day of month the interest rate is reset. Rate revision day is entered in the format 'nn', where nn is a number between '01' and '31'. Rate revision day defaults to the start date day of month.
First/Last
Drop-down box.
First/Last identifies the reset and interest settlement method for the interest payment. First/Last may be 'First', 'Last', or 'FRA'.
402 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
'First' indicates the rate is reset before the start of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
'Last' indicates the rate is reset at the end of the interest payment period and settles at the end of the interest payment period.
'FRA' indicates the rate is reset at the beginning of the interest payment period and settles at the beginning of the interest payment period.
Rate code
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the deal rate (e.g., rate source, rate type, designated maturity).
Ctrl + F2 lists valid rate codes. The data must be previously entered using the RATE, Interest Rate Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid customers. The data must be previously entered using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Basis
Drop-down box.
Basis is the basis used to calculate interest. Valid bases are:
A360 (Actual/360) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
A365 (Actual/365) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Product code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 6 characters.
Product code identifies the product module (e.g., 'CPFL' for Caps and Floors).
Ctrl + F2 lists valid products. The data must be previously entered using the PROD, Product Information screen. To enter an item into the field, select it from the list.
Product Type
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 2 characters.
Product Type is a sub-classification of the product. The product type range is used in mapping deals to the CCDE (Caps and Floors deal entry) deal entry screen in OPICS from QUIP
Ctrl + F2 lists valid product types. The data must be previously entered using the TYPE, Type Information Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Schedules AreaThe Schedules area is used to edit cap, floor and collar interest payment schedules and revalue caps, floors and collars based on the new schedule information.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 403
Schedules Area Layout
Schedules Area Ranges
Cap
Display only.
Cap is the total market price percent in par and the total market value for the cap deal.
Floor
Display only.
Floor is the total market price percent in par and the total market value for the floor deal.
Collar
Display only.
Collar is the total market price in percent of par and the total market value for the collar deal.
Type
Display only.
Type specifies whether the schedule is for a caplet or floorlet.
Start date
Required. Date format.
404 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Start date is the first day of the term of the interest payment schedule.
End date
Required. Date format.
End date is the last day of the term of the interest payment schedule.
Days to maturity
Display only.
Days to maturity is the number of days from the branch processing date to the end date.
Notional amount
Required. Numeric, up to 12 digits, including up to 2 decimals.
Notional amount is the total currency amount of the cap, floor or collar deal.
Notional amount can be entered as a number (e.g., 999999999999999.99) or as an amount followed by a suffix (e.g., 'B' for billions, 'M' for millions, 'T' for thousands). For example, one million is entered as '1000000' or '1M'.
Forward rate
Required. Numeric, up to 8.8 digits.
Forward rate is the calculated forward interest rate.
Strike rate
Required. Numeric, up to 8.8 digits.
Strike rate is the maximum rate used to calculate an interest payment amount during the life of the caplet or floorlet.
Volatility
Required. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Volatility is the variability of the financial instrument underlying the cap, floor or collar deal.
Price (in % par)
Display only.
Price (in % par) is the market value of the caplet or floorlet as a percent of the notional amount.
Price (in CCY)
Display only.
Price (in CCY) is the market value of the caplet or floorlet in the currency of the deal.
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve Area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used to price the cap, floor or collar deal.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 405
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to price the cap, floor or collar deal.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
406 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
PRCF: ButtonsThe PRCF, Caps, Floor and Collar Pricer screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the PRCF screen.
Processing Buttons
Value
The Value button is used to calculate the current price for the cap, floor or collar.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 407
Map Deal
The Map Deal button is used to map a deal. Enter the customer, product and product type and select the Map Deal button.
Revalue
The Revalue button is used to recalculate the price of the cap, floor or collar deal based on the displayed schedule information.
408 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
PRES: Euro Strip Pricer
IntroductionThe PRES, Euro Strip Pricer workbook is used to calculate cash money market yields using stub rates and strips of eurodollar deliveries. Money market rates are calculated for specified cash maturity periods.
Starting Euro Strip PricerTo access the PRES, Euro Strip Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories.
Select Euro Strip from the category items.
Pricer Area
Pricer Area Layout
Pricer Area Ranges
Contract
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Contract is the short-term interest rate futures contract used to calculate implied interest rates.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 409
Ctrl + F2 lists valid contracts. The data must be previously entered using the FCON, Financial Futures Contract Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Basis
Drop-down box.
Basis is the basis used to calculate money market rates. Valid bases are:
A360 (Actual/360) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
A365 (Actual/365) The number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
CCY is the currency of the futures contract.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Euro Strip
Mty
Display only.
Mty is a tenor period or futures delivery code for which rates are calculated.
Date
Display only.
Date is the date associated with the specified tenor period or the date of the specified delivery.
Rate
Display only.
Rate is the calculated euro strip rate for the specified maturity (Mty).
Cash Rates
Mty
Display only.
Mty is a tenor period or futures delivery code for which rates are calculated.
Date
Display only.
Date is the date associated with the specified tenor period or the date of the specified delivery.
Rate/price/DDE
Required. Numeric, up to 2.2 digits.
410 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Rate/price/DDE is the price of the futures contract. Rate/price/DDE may be an entered price or a link to a DDE live data feed.
Rate
Display only.
Rate is the calculated annual money market rate for the specified maturity (Mty).
PRES: ButtonsThe PRES, Euro Strip Pricer screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following menus and buttons perform functions and processing specific to the PRES screen.
Processing Buttons
Get Contract
The Get Contract button is used to display a previously entered futures contract.
Calc Rates
The Calc Rates button is used to calculate money market rates based on the futures contract rates and prices.
Load Rates
The Load Rates button is used to save the calculated money market rates in OPICS.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 411
PRFI: Fixed Income Pricer
IntroductionThe PRFI, Fixed Income Pricer workbook is used to price and evaluate periodic interest, floating rate and NPV securities. Price estimates are calculated based on bond calculation methods (and generated payment schedules for some bonds).
Starting Fixed Income PricerTo access the PRFI, Fixed Income Pricer workbook, select Pricers from the Navigator categories.
Select Fixed Income from the category items.
Bond Pricer Area
Bond Pricer Area Layout
Bond Pricer Area Ranges
Security id
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 20 characters.
Security id identifies the security.
412 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Ctrl + F2 lists valid security identifiers. The data must be previously entered using the SEMM, Security Master Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Calculation rule
Drop-down box.
Calculation rule identifies the methodology used to price the security and the type of schedule generated for the security. Valid calculation rules are:
AJU Adjustabono,
BDE Bonde,
RPI Regular periodic interest,
OFL Odd first/last coupon (also used for RPI securities),
ZCO Zero coupon security,
TBL T-bill (< 180 days),
DIS T-bill/discount security (>180 days),
IAM Interest at maturity,
FRS Floating Rate Security (OPICS),
GCA Canadian Government,
NPV Net Present Value security (OPICS),
YC-NPV Net Present Value using yield curve,
YC-FRS Floating Rate Security using yield curve.
Trade date
Required. Date format.
Trade date is the date the security is being priced on. Trade date must be less than or equal to the branch processing date.
Trade date defaults to the branch processing date.
Amount
Optional. Numeric, up to 13.2 digits.
Amount is the currency amount of the security. If Amount is not entered, the security amount is calculated automatically based on the specified quantity. If Amount and Quantity are not entered, Amount defaults to the specified denomination in the Reference Data area.
Settlement date
Required. Date format.
Settlement date is the date funds are paid or received.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 413
Prin CCY
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 3 characters.
Prin CCY is the currency in which the security is denominated.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid currencies. The data must be previously entered using the BRCC, Branch Currency Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Value date
Required. Date format.
Value date is the date the security begins to accrue interest.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Coupon/discount
Required. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Coupon/discount is the rate of discount for the security. If Calculation rule is 'FRS', 'NPV' or 'YC', Coupon/discount is the rate used to calculate interest for the security.
Coupon/discount is entered as a number with a decimal (e.g., 99999.99999999) or as a whole number and a fraction, where Analytics calculates the decimal amount (e.g., 12 7/8). The denominator of the fraction must be 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64.
Maturity date
Required. Date format.
Maturity date is the final principal payment date and the interest period end date for the security.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Rate code
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 7 characters.
Rate code identifies the parameters associated with the deal rate (e.g., rate source, rate type, designated maturity).
Rate code is used when the 'YC-FRS' or 'YC-NPV' calculation rule is used to price the security.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid rate codes. The data must be previously entered using the RATE, Interest Rate Information screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Cap rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Cap rate is the maximum rate used to calculate interest for the security. If the coupon/discount rate is greater than the cap rate, the cap rate is used to calculate interest for the security.
Cap rate is used when the 'FRS', 'NPV', 'YC-FRS' or 'YC-NPV' calculation rule is used to price the security.
414 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Floor rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Floor rate is the minimum rate used to calculate interest for the security. If the coupon/discount rate is less than the floor rate, the floor rate is used to calculate interest for the security.
Floor rate is used when the 'FRS', 'NPV', 'YC-FRS' or 'YC-NPV' calculation rule is used to price the security.
First coupon date
Optional. Date format.
First coupon date is the date the first interest payment is due, if the interest payment date does not correspond with the interest cycle.
First coupon date is used when the 'OFL' calculation rule is used to price the security.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Spread rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Spread rate is the amount the interest rate is increased or decreased based on the amount of the spread. Spread rate may be entered as a number with a decimal (e.g., 99999.99999999) or as a whole number and a fraction, where Analytics calculates the decimal amount (e.g., 12 7/8). The denominator of the fraction must be 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64.
The sum of the interest rate and the spread rate is used to calculate the interest paid or received on the payment date.
Spread rate is used when the 'FRS', 'NPV', 'YC-FRS' or 'YC-NPV' calculation rule is used to price the security.
Last coupon date
Date format.
Last coupon date is the first day of the term of the last interest period, if the last interest period is longer or shorter than the standard interest period.
Last coupon date is used when the 'OFL' calculation rule is used to price the security.
Last coupon date must be entered if Calculation rule is 'OFL'.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Pay/refix freq
Drop-down box.
Pay/refix freq specifies the period the interest payment is paid or received. Valid periods are:
A - Annually,
S - Semiannually,
Q - Quarterly,
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 415
M - Monthly,
182 - every 182 days,
91 - every 91 days,
28 - every 28 days.
If Calculation rule is 'DIS' or 'TBL', Pay/refix freq does not apply.
Basis
Drop-down box.
Basis is the basis used to calculate interest.
Valid bases are:
Actual/Actual ACTUAL
Actual/Actual ACT365
Actual/365 A365
Actual/360 A360
BOND 30/360
EBOND (Eurobond) 30E/360.
Actual/Actual (ACTUAL)
Actual/Actual is 1 divided by the annual frequency of coupon payments indicated by the interest cycle. The basis for accrued interest is the actual number of accrued days divided by the actual number of days in the coupon period times the annual frequency of coupon payments.
Actual/Actual (ACT365)
Actual/Actual is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 365. If any portion of the calculation is in a leap year, Actual/Actual is the sum of (A) the number of days in that portion of the calculation period in the leap year divided by 366 and (B) the number of days in that portion of the calculation period in a non-leap year divided by 365.
Actual/365 (A365)
Actual/365 is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Actual/360 (A360)
Actual/360 is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
BOND (30/360)
BOND is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360, where the number of days is calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months (unless the last day of the calculation period is the 31st day of a month but the first day of the calculation period is a day other than the 30th or 31st day of a month, in which case, the month that includes that last day is not shortened to a 30-day month).
EBOND (30E/360)
EBOND is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360, where the number of days is calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months, without regard to the date of the first or last day of the calculation period.
416 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Initial index rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Initial index rate is the current rate of inflation as of the value date of the security.
Price
Numeric, up to 12.8 digits.
Price is the price of the security.
Price may be entered as a number with a decimal (e.g., 99999.99999999) or as a whole number and a fraction, where Analytics calculates the decimal amount (e.g., 12 7/8). The denominator of the fraction must be 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64.
If Price is not entered, the price is calculated based on the specified yield or discount rate.
Price must be entered if Yield and Coupon/discount are not entered.
Yield curve id
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 8 characters.
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount security payments to present values.
Yield curve id must be entered if Calculation rule is 'YC-FRS' or 'YC-NPV'.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid yield curves. The data must be previously entered using the YCHD, Yield Curve Header Maintenance screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Yield
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Yield is the yield used to calculate the price of the security.
Yield may be entered as a number with a decimal (e.g., 99999.99999999) or as a whole number and a fraction, where Analytics calculates the decimal amount (e.g., 12 7/8). The denominator of the fraction must be 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64.
Yield may not be entered for discounted securities with a calculation rule of 'TBL'.
Yield must be entered if Price and Coupon/discount are not entered.
Shift seq
Required. Numeric, up to 3 digits.
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Quantity
Optional. Numeric, up to 8 digits.
Quantity is the number of securities to price. Quantity defaults to '1'.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 417
Quote type
Drop-down box.
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O). Discount factors must be previously generated for the specified quote type.
Customer
Optional. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Customer is the counterparty with whom the deal is made.
Ctrl + F2 lists valid customers. The data must be previously entered using the CUST, Customer Static Data screen. To enter an item into the range, select it from the list.
Description
Display only.
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Clean price
Display only.
Clean price is the calculated price of the security, not including interest accrued during the current interest period.
Duration
Display only.
Duration is the weighted average life of the security.
Dirty price
Display only.
Dirty price is the calculated price of the security, including interest accrued during the current interest period.
Modified duration
Display only.
Modified duration is the sensitivity of the security's price to a change in its yield.
Yield to maturity
Display only.
Yield to maturity is the yield at which the net present value of the security's cash flows equals the security price.
Convexity
Display only.
Convexity is the rate of change in the sensitivity of the security's price to a change in its yield.
418 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Yield to call
Display only.
Yield to call is the yield at which the net present value of the security's cash flows (including the call dated cash flows) equals the call price of the security. Yield to call is displayed only if the security schedule includes call dates and prices.
PVBP
Display only.
PVBP is the price value of a one basis point yield increase for the security.
Yield to put
Display only.
Yield to put is the yield at which the net present value of the security's cash flows (including the put dated cash flows) equals the put price of the security. Yield to put is displayed only if the security schedule includes put dates and prices.
Accrued days
Display only.
Accrued days is the number of days since the last interest payment.
Current yield
Display only.
Current yield is the security's yield, regardless of the time value of money.
Accrued interest
Display only.
Accrued interest is the amount of interest accrued for the security.
Simple yield
Display only.
Simple yield is the security's yield, based on the current yield and the capital gain or loss at the security's maturity.
Proceeds
Display only.
Proceeds is the invoice price of the security based on the specified settlement date, quantity and dirty price.
Discount rate
Display only.
Discount rate is the annual rate of interest for the security.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 419
Quantity
Display only.
Quantity is the number of securities priced.
Schedules AreaThe Schedules area is used to edit security interest and principal payment schedules, and to revalue securities based on the new schedule information.
Schedules Area Layout
Schedules Area Ranges
Value
Display only.
Value is the net present value of the schedule payments, in the currency of the security.
CCY
Display only.
CCY is the currency in which interest and principal payment amounts are denominated.
Interest start date
Required. Date format.
420 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Interest start date is the first day of the term of the interest period.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Interest end date
Required. Date format.
Interest end date is the last day of the term of the interest period.
Rate refix date
Optional. Date format.
Rate refix date is the date the interest rate is refixed.
Basis
Required. Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters.
Basis is the basis used to calculate interest. Valid interest bases are:
Actual/Actual ACT365
Actual/365 A365
Actual/360 A360
BOND 30/360
EBOND (Eurobond) 30E/360.
Actual/Actual (ACT365)
Actual/Actual is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 365. If any portion of the calculation is in a leap year, Actual/Actual is the sum of (A) the number of days in that portion of the calculation period in the leap year divided by 366 and (B) the number of days in that portion of the calculation period in a non-leap year divided by 365.
Actual/365 (A365)
Actual/365 is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 365.
Actual/360 (A360)
Actual/360 is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360.
BOND (30/360)
BOND is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360, where the number of days is calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months (unless the last day of the calculation period is the 31st day of a month but the first day of the calculation period is a day other than the 30th or 31st day of a month, in which case, the month that includes that last day is not shortened to a 30-day month).
EBOND (30E/360)
EBOND is the number of days in the calculation period divided by 360, where the number of days is calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days with 12 30-day months, without regard to the date of the first or last day of the calculation period.
Principal amount
Required. Numeric, up to 13.2 digits.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 421
Principal amount is the notional principal amount of the security.
Interest rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Interest rate is the rate used to calculate interest.
Cap rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Cap rate is the maximum rate used to calculate interest for the security. If the coupon/discount rate is greater than the cap rate, the cap rate is used to calculate interest for the security.
Cap rate is used when the 'FRS', 'NPV', 'YC-FRS' or 'YC-NPV' calculation rule is used to price the security.
Floor rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Floor rate is the minimum rate used to calculate interest for the security. If the coupon/discount rate is less than the floor rate, the floor rate is used to calculate interest for the security.
Floor rate is used when the 'FRS', 'NPV', 'YC-FRS' or 'YC-NPV' calculation rule is used to price the security.
Spread rate
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Spread rate is the amount the interest rate is increased or decreased based on the amount of the spread. Spread rate may be entered as a number with a decimal (e.g., 99999.99999999) or as a whole number and a fraction, where Analytics calculates the decimal amount (e.g., 12 7/8). The denominator of the fraction must be 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64.
The sum of the interest rate and the spread rate is used to calculate the interest paid or received on the payment date.
Spread rate is used when the 'FRS', 'NPV', 'YC-FRS' or 'YC-NPV' calculation rule is used to price the security.
Payment date
Required. Date format.
Payment date is the date the payment is due.
Call date
Optional. Date format.
Call date is the earliest date the security can be called. Call date must be greater than the value date and less than the maturity date.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
422 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Call price
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Call price is the price at which the security can be called. Call price must be greater than zero.
Call price may be entered only if Call date is entered.
Put date
Optional. Date format.
Put date is the earliest date the security can be sold. Put date must be greater than value date and less than maturity date.
Ctrl + F2 displays valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Put price
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Put price is the price at which the security can be sold. Put price may be entered only if Put date is entered.
Interest pay amount
Display only.
Interest pay amount is the calculated interest payment amount due on the payment date.
Principal pay amount
Display only.
Principal pay amount is the principal payment amount due on the payment date.
Cash flow amount
Display only.
Cash flow amount is the total cash flow amount (principal and interest) on the payment date.
Discount factor
Display only.
Discount factor is the factor used to discount the payment to a spot value.
NPV
Display only.
NPV is the net present value of the payment amount.
Reference Data AreaThe Reference Data area is used to specify default values and to display general information about the security.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 423
Reference Data Area Layout
Reference Data Area Ranges
OPICS
Security id
Display only.
Security id identifies the priced security.
Issue date
Display only.
Issue date is the date the security is issued.
Denomination
Display only.
Denomination is the value of one unit of the security.
Issuer
Display only.
Issuer is the issuer of the security.
424 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Value date
Display only.
Value date is the date the security begins to accrue interest.
Par value
Display only.
Par value is the nominal (face) value of the security. Par value must be greater than zero and less than 999,999,999,999.99.
Guarantor
Display only.
Guarantor is the guarantor of the security.
Maturity date
Display only.
Maturity date is the final principal payment date and interest period end date for the security.
Redemption amount
Display only.
Redemption amount is the value of the security when it is redeemed.
Call date
Display only.
Call date is the earliest date the security can be called.
Call price
Display only.
Call price is the price at which the security can be called.
Financial center
Display only.
Financial center identifies the financial center of the security payments used for validation against the holiday calendar.
Put date
Display only.
Put date is the earliest date the security can be sold.
Put price
Display only.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 425
Put price is the price at which the security can be sold.
EMTA rule
Display only.
EMTA rule specifies security proceeds are calculated using the Emerging Markets Trading Association rule, where the security price is multiplied by the outstanding principal balance.
Credit rating
Display only.
Credit rating is the security credit rating assigned by the rating agency.
Rating agency
Display only.
Rating agency is the rating agency that assigns the security credit rating.
Int exchg term
Display only.
Int exchg term indicates whether the interest currency must be multiplied or divided.
Price rounding rule
Display only.
Price rounding rule specifies whether the calculated security price is rounded up a whole number, down a whole number or truncated (shortened) to a whole number with two decimals.
Price no. dec
Optional. Numeric, up to 8 digits.
Price no. dec is the number of decimals to which the price is calculated. The maximum number of decimals is 8.
Interest payment rule
Display only.
Interest payment rule specifies the convention used to adjust generated payment schedule dates that fall on non-business days ('P - Preceding', 'S - Succeeding', 'M - Modified' or 'D - Default').
Rate rounding rule
Display only.
Rate rounding rule specifies whether the calculated rate is rounded up a whole number, down a whole number or truncated (shortened) to a whole number with two decimals.
Rate no. dec.
Optional. Numeric, up to 8 digits.
426 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Rate no. dec. is the number of decimals to which the rate is calculated. The maximum number of decimals is 8.
Interest end date rule
Display only.
Interest end date rule specifies the convention used to adjust generated interest end dates that fall on non-business days ('P - Preceding', 'S - Succeeding', 'M - Modified' or 'D - Default').
Default
Denomination
Optional. Numeric, up to 12.2 digits.
Denomination is the value of one unit of the security. Denomination defaults to '1000'.
Par value
Optional. Numeric, up to 12.2 digits.
Par value is the default nominal (face) value of the security.
Redemption amount
Optional. Numeric, up to 12.2 digits.
Redemption amount is the default value of the security when it is redeemed.
Call date
Optional. Date format.
Call date is the default date the security can be called.
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Call price
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Call price is the default price at which the security can be called. Call price must be greater than zero.
Financial center
Display only.
Financial center identifies the default financial center of the security payments used for validation against the holiday calendar.
Put date
Optional. Date format.
Put date is the default date the security can be sold.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 427
Ctrl + F2 displays a calendar of valid business days. To enter a date into the range, select it from the calendar.
Put price
Optional. Numeric, up to 5.8 digits.
Put price is the default price at which the security can be sold.
EMTA rule
Drop-down box.
EMTA rule default specifies whether security proceeds are calculated based on the Emerging Markets Trading Association rule, where the security price is multiplied by the outstanding principal balance.
Price rounding rule
Drop-down box.
Price rounding rule default specifies whether the calculated security price is rounded up a whole number, down a whole number or truncated (shortened) to a whole number with two decimals.
Price no. dec
Display only.
Price no. dec is the default number of decimals to which the price is calculated. The maximum number of decimals is 8.
Interest payment rule
Display only.
Interest payment rule specifies the default convention used to adjust generated payment schedule dates that fall on non-business days ('P - Preceding', 'S - Succeeding', 'M - Modified' or 'D - Default').
Rate rounding rule
Display only.
Rate rounding rule default specifies whether the calculated rate is rounded up a whole number, down a whole number or truncated (shortened) to a whole number with two decimals.
Rate no. dec.
Display only.
Rate no. dec. is the default number of decimals to which the rate is calculated. The maximum number of decimals is 8.
Interest end date rule
Display only.
Interest end date rule specifies the default convention used to adjust generated interest end dates that fall on non-business days ('P - Preceding', 'S - Succeeding', 'M - Modified' or 'D - Default').
428 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Yield Curve AreaThe Yield Curve area is used to display maturity dates and discount factors for the yield curve used to price the security.
Yield Curve Area Layout
Yield Curve Area Display Ranges
CCY
CCY is the currency of the yield curve.
Yield curve id
Yield curve id is the name of the yield curve used to discount the security payments to present values.
Shift seq
Shift seq is a sequential number that identifies the yield curve as a base yield curve or a shifted curve.
A base yield curve shift sequence is '000'. A shifted yield curve shift sequence is greater than '000' (e.g., '001').
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 429
Quote type
Quote type specifies whether the yield curve calculation is based on the mid rate (M), bid rate (B) or the offered rate (O).
Description
Description is text that describes the yield curve.
Last date
Last date is the date the discount factors and zero coupon rates are last calculated.
Financial center
Financial center identifies the holiday calendar used to generate the yield curve.
Day rule
Day rule is the business day convention used to generate the yield curve ('P' for preceding, 'S' for succeeding, 'M' for modified).
Spot days
Spot days is the spot number of days used to generate the yield curve.
Maturity
Maturity is the tenor date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Maturity date
Maturity date is the calendar date of the discount factor and zero coupon rate.
Discount factor
Discount factor is the discount factor associated with the maturity.
Zero coupon rate
Zero coupon rate is the current zero coupon rate associated with the maturity.
Discount factor_01
Discount factor_01 is the discount factor of the yield curve after the contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
Zero coupon_01
Zero coupon_01 is the zero coupon rate of the yield curve after contributing rates are shifted up one basis point.
430 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
PRFI: ButtonsThe PRFI, Fixed Income Pricer screen buttons are used to perform OPICS functions and Analytics screen processing.
The following buttons perform functions and processing specific to the PRFI screen.
Processing Buttons
Reference Data
The Reference Data button is used to display the Reference Data area.
Value
The Value button is used to price the entered security.
Get Security
The Get Security button is used to display a previously entered security.
Map Deal
The Map Deal button is used to map a security. Select the Map Deal button to enter the displayed security on the FIDE, Fixed Income Deal Entry screen.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 431
Chapter 8 Batch Tasks
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 433
ANBM: Analytics Batch Manager Workbook
IntroductionThe ANBM, Analytics Batch Manager Workbook is used to process a standard set of analyses (including cash flows, yield curves, risk workbooks, etc.) at a specific time during the day. The workbook also saves the results of each job step.
Refer to the Batch and Online Processes manual for further information about the BBFT parameters used to run ANBM through OPAN.
Starting Analytics Batch Manager WorkbookTo access the ANBM, Analytics Batch Manager Workbook, select ANBM from the Navigator on the OPXMAIN screen or by choosing File/Open in Excel.
ANBM Screen Layout
ANBM Screen Fields
Job Steps
Display only.
Job Steps determines the order in which the respective job steps are performed.
434 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Valid values are:
Workbook path/name
Identifies the name of the analysis workbook to be processed.
Worksheet name Identifies worksheets in a workbook to be processed in the batch step.
Custom Macro Designates custom macros to be activated in the batch process.
Options
Display only.
Options determines whether the batch is saved and printed.
Valid values are:
Save workbook Saves the results of the workbook
Print Analysis Prints the results of the workbook
Processing results
Display only.
Processing results displays the status of workbooks being processed.
Valid values are:
Date: Displays the last date and time the workbook is processed.
Start time: Indicates the batch step start time.
End time: Indicates the batch step end time.
Result message: Indicates whether the Analytics job step completes successfully.
ANBM Display Fields
Br
Br is the current branch. Br identifies an operational unit within an organization that maintains its own set of books. Each OPICS branch has its own deal information and accounting records.
Br is maintained using the BRRD, Branch Reference Data screen.
Br date
Br date is the current transaction entry date for the branch.
The branch processing date is automatically updated at the end of the nightly batch.
The branch processing date may be changed using the BRRD screen or the NET1, Network Administration screen.
User id
User id is the operator to whom the parameters apply.
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 435
Index
A
Accounting type · 66, 81Accrued days · 436Accrued interest · 436Active Call Date · 150, 162Active Call Price · 150, 162Active Macro · 32Active Put Date · 150, 163Active Put Price · 150, 163Adjust Fixed Income flows for withholding tax · 77Adjusted net cash flow · 292Adjusted NPV in local currency · 292Adjusted NPV net cash flow · 292Adjusted Yield Curve Area Layout · 295Adjusted yield curve id · 289Agency 1 rating · 150, 156, 162, 168, 280Agency 2 rating · 150, 156, 162, 168, 280Agency rating · 284Amount · 408, 430Analysis · 123, 257Analysis Area Layout · 100, 111, 148, 173, 182, 192, 203, 213, 223, 244, 259, 278, 288, 301Analysis basis · 174, 204, 245Analysis CCY · 101, 112, 127, 138, 174, 193, 204, 223, 227, 245, 260, 262, 272, 289, 302Analysis CCY rate · 229Analysis CCY Yield Curve Area Layout · 230Analysis end date · 101, 112, 127, 138, 174, 193, 205, 214, 223, 245, 290, 302Analysis Type · 205, 246Analytics Menus · 4Analytics Navigator · 5Append · 96Applies to · 95Ask offset · 401Ask points · 401Ask price · 152, 164Ask yield · 152, 164Asset · 275Asset Cumulative · 207Asset Cumulative avg rate · 207Asset maturity · 267
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 437
Asset/Maturity · 275Assets · 206Average breakeven rate · 247Average Current Yield · 157, 169Average market rate · 247Average rate · 176, 177, 206Average Remaining Life · 157, 169
B
Bankname · 34Barrier · 395Barrier type · 394Base CCY · 223, 228Base CCY Carry · 226Base CCY DV01 · 225Base CCY NPV · 225Base CCY P/L · 225Base CCY Position · 225Base CCY rate · 229Base CCY Yield Curve Area Layout · 233Basis · 325, 329, 341, 356, 368, 420, 427, 433, 438Beepduration · 34Beepon · 34Beepvalue · 34Beta · 269Bid · 49Bid offset · 401Bid points · 401Bid price · 152, 164Bid yield · 152, 164Bid Yield Curve Area Layout · 249Bond Price · 390Bond Pricer Area Layout · 429Br · 108, 115, 134, 145, 180, 190, 200, 210, 219, 240, 253, 299, 308, 451Br date · 451Branch · 34, 43, 45, 49, 51, 65, 72, 80, 90, 282, 337, 417Branchname · 34BrDate · 34Break even rate · 177Broken date · 400, 411Broker · 358, 370, 408Bucketing method · 102, 291
C
Calc Implied Rates · 201Calc Rates · 428Calc Source Rate · 201Calc. Fwd. Points · 415Calc. Implied · 395Calc. Premium · 395Calculate · 122, 242Calculation rule · 430
438 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Call date · 440, 442, 444Call price · 440, 442, 444Call/Put · 384, 390Cap · 421Cap rate · 341, 344, 360, 372, 431, 439Cap strike rate · 418Cap/floor/collar · 417Carry · 241Cash flow amount · 440Cash flow file name · 64, 71, 101, 127, 138, 148, 161, 174, 182, 193, 205, 214, 224, 245, 259, 262, 290, 303Cash Flow Selection · 61Cash Flow Selection Area Layout · 64Cashflow types · 128, 139, 290, 303CCY · 45, 49, 52, 65, 72, 80, 90, 104, 106, 117, 120, 130, 132, 141, 143, 150, 154, 156, 162, 166, 168, 178,
186, 208, 216, 220, 221, 230, 233, 237, 249, 251, 267, 282, 293, 295, 297, 305, 313, 324, 329, 333, 339, 343, 346, 349, 355, 359, 362, 367, 371, 374, 377, 383, 390, 402, 404, 410, 412, 418, 423, 427, 437, 446
CCY amount · 220CCY Carry · 226CCY DV01 · 225CCY NPV · 225CCY P/L · 225CCY Position · 224CCY spot · 101, 193, 290CCY Spot · 112, 196CCY/CTR · 241CCY/CTR pair date · 197CCY1 · 183, 189, 195, 198, 387, 398, 406, 407, 409, 414CCY1 Basis · 196CCY1 rate · 188, 400, 411CCY1 Yield Curve · 415CCY1 Yield Curve Area Layout · 402CCY2 · 183, 187, 189, 196, 198, 387, 399, 406, 407, 410, 414CCY2 Basis · 196CCY2 rate · 188, 400, 411CCY2 Yield Curve · 415CCY2 Yield Curve Area Layout · 404Change · 319Chart Type · 55, 146Clean price · 435Clear · 122Client Dictionary · 14Client Dictionary Area Layout · 26Close out rate · 206Closed Position NRFF · 247Collar · 421Combo box values · 95Combos · 14Combos Area Layout · 27Combos Item · 27Combos Value · 28Commodities · 264Complex strip equivalent · 140Composite Curves · 41Compounding · 344, 360, 372Confidence interval · 260, 262, 272, 275Configuration · 14
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 439
Configuration Area Layout · 33Construct Ladder · 242Contract · 195, 318, 322, 324, 326, 426Contract code · 67, 74, 83, 269Contract delivery · 129, 132, 139, 143, 145Contracts · 335Contributing rate · 53, 176, 177, 178Conversion factor · 132Convert · 276Convert File Base CCY · 257Convert File Base CCY Area Layout · 270Convexity · 153, 158, 165, 170, 435Correlated Risk Confidence interval · 261Correlated Risk VaR term · 261Correlation and Volatility File Header · 257Correlation and Volatility File Header Area Layout · 273Correlation File path/name · 271, 272, 274Cost center · 65, 73, 80Counter CCY · 68, 83Country/res · 88, 281, 284Country/ult · 88, 281, 284Coupon rate · 149, 156, 157, 162, 168, 169Coupon/discount · 431Create Sched. · 380Credit equivalent exposure · 280, 282, 285Credit rating · 88, 443Criteria Selection Screen Layout · 69, 91Ctrl + F1 Function Key · 10Ctrl + F2 Function Key · 10Cumulative net · 314Cumulative net cash flow · 103, 114, 215Cumulative position exposure · 194Currency Interest Rate Swap · 336Currency Interest Rate Swap Area Layout · 365Current price · 152, 164Current rate · 232, 235Current Rate · 348, 351, 364, 376, 379Current results · 176, 177, 178Current yield · 152, 164, 436Curve id · 46Custom Interest Rate Swap · 336Custom Interest Rate Swap Area Layout · 337Custom Tenor Ladder Area Layout · 120, 238Customer · 66, 73, 81, 87, 279, 282, 321, 331, 358, 370, 386, 392, 408, 420, 435Customer group · 66, 81Customer group id · 88Customer number · 279, 282
D
Data type · 260, 262, 271, 275Date · 50, 52, 109, 116, 135, 146, 181, 191, 197, 201, 210, 220, 254, 300, 309, 319, 323, 330, 427Date conv · 342, 357, 369Date dir · 357, 369Datemask · 34
440 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Day · 320, 330Day rule · 105, 118, 130, 142, 179, 208, 217, 231, 234, 250, 252, 294, 296, 306, 325, 334, 347, 350, 363,
375, 378, 403, 405, 413, 424, 447Days · 322, 323, 332Days to maturity · 422Deal date · 68, 83, 338, 353, 365, 366, 383, 389, 393, 417Deal number · 65, 80, 108, 115, 134, 145, 181, 190, 200, 210, 219, 240, 253, 282, 299, 308, 338, 382, 388,
417Deal status · 67, 82Deletetemp · 34Delivery date · 132, 139, 144, 145Delta · 384, 390, 394Denomination · 442, 444Deposits · 181, 211Deposits duration · 177Description · 30, 43, 46, 50, 52, 64, 72, 79, 87, 101, 104, 112, 118, 127, 130, 138, 141, 174, 179, 183, 184,
186, 187, 204, 208, 214, 217, 228, 231, 234, 244, 249, 251, 260, 262, 271, 272, 274, 289, 294, 296, 302, 306, 329, 333, 347, 350, 363, 375, 378, 399, 402, 404, 410, 412, 424, 435, 447
Details · 123Details Area Layout · 134Details Area Layout · 108, 115, 145, 180, 190, 200, 209, 219, 240, 253, 262, 281, 299, 308DF tdy · 232, 235DF TDY · 348, 351, 364, 376, 379DF yst · 232, 236DF YST · 348, 351, 364, 376, 379DF_01 tdy · 232, 236DF_01 TDY · 348, 351, 364, 376, 379DF_01 yst · 233, 236DF_01 YST · 348, 351, 364, 376, 379Directories · 35Dirty price · 435Discount factor · 54, 105, 119, 131, 142, 179, 209, 217, 250, 252, 294, 296, 306, 334, 345, 361, 373, 403,
405, 413, 424, 440, 447Discount factor_01 · 105, 119, 131, 142, 179, 209, 217, 250, 252, 294, 296, 306, 334, 403, 405, 413, 424,
448Discount rate · 437Discount to Spot · 49Discounted EAR · 248Dlvy · 319, 323Dlvy code · 325, 326Domestic rate · 395Drop-down Box · 8DropDown Values · 61DropDown Values Area Layout · 94Duration · 153, 157, 165, 169, 435DV01 · 241
E
Edit Cell · 95Edit Query · 96EMTA rule · 443End · 320, 321, 330End date · 322, 332, 422Equity · 264
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 441
Equivalent contracts · 129ETMA rule · 445Euro amount · 220Exch. Principle · 370Expiration date · 383, 389, 394Exposure flow file name · 87, 278Exposure Flow Selection · 61Exposure Flow Selection Area Layout · 87Expression · 46, 70, 93
F
Fees · 264Field · 95File base CCY · 271, 274File date · 260, 263, 271, 274Financial center · 105, 118, 130, 142, 179, 208, 217, 231, 234, 249, 251, 294, 296, 306, 334, 347, 350, 363,
375, 378, 403, 405, 413, 424, 442, 445, 447Financial Futures selection by · 77First coupon date · 432First/last · 343, 359, 372First/Last · 340, 355, 367, 420Fix/float · 339, 343, 356, 359, 368, 371Fixed income · 263Fixed income treatment · 312Floor · 421Floor rate · 342, 344, 360, 373, 432, 439Floor strike rate · 418Foreign exchange · 263Foreign Exchange Risk Position Report · 310Foreign exchange selection by · 76Foreign rate · 395Forward delta · 384Forward period · 53Forward rate · 54, 422Forward value · 384Forward Value · 391FRA rate · 323, 332FRAs · 263Function Keys · 10Futures · 146, 264Futures Area Layout · 131, 143Futures contract · 127, 132, 138, 143Futures Contract Maintenance Area Layout · 324Futures dated FRA rates · 320Futures Equivalent Analysis - Bond Equivalent · 124Futures Equivalent Analysis - Euro Equivalent · 124Futures Equivalent Position - Bond Equivalent Area Layout · 126Futures Equivalent Position - Euro Equivalent Area Layout · 137Futures Price Maintenance Area Layout · 326Fwd pts. · 188Fwd. points · 229
442 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
G
Gamma · 384, 390Gap Balance · 206Gap net rate · 207Generate Query · 95Get CCY · 109, 123, 146, 159, 171, 191, 202, 300, 396, 415Get contract · 201Get Contract · 428Get Futures · 146Get Rates · 242, 395Get Security · 448Global values · 68, 83, 89Graph · 122Graph Area Layout · 55, 107, 133, 144, 159, 171, 199, 218, 265, 286, 298, 307Graph Type · 109Gross exposure · 280, 282, 284, 285Guarantor · 442
H
Headings Value · 25, 26Hedge · 323, 335, 385Hedge Area Layout · 321Hedge portfolio · 184Help · 19Holding Period · 271, 275
I
Implied Rates · 201Implied Rates Area Layout · 195Include Call and Notice account balance · 77Include Foreign Exchange Net Settlements · 77Include initial cash flows · 260Increment · 156, 168, 284Initial index rate · 434Input file name · 311Inquiry · 55Instrument · 64, 72, 79, 89Int exchg term · 443Int. exch. rate · 342, 370Interest end date · 344, 360, 372, 438Interest End date · 344, 360, 372Interest end date rule · 444, 446Interest pay amount · 440Interest payment rule · 443, 445Interest rate · 341, 356, 368, 439Interest start date · 344, 360, 372, 438Internal deals · 263Interpolated · 53, 233, 236, 349, 352, 364, 377, 380Interval (in sec.) · 31Introduction · 14Investment type · 67, 74, 83
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 443
Investment Type · 150, 162Issue date · 441Issuer · 149, 156, 162, 168, 442
J
Job Steps · 450
L
Last analysis date · 102, 113, 128, 139, 149, 161, 175, 194, 205, 214, 224, 246, 279, 291, 303Last coupon date · 432Last date · 105, 118, 130, 142, 179, 208, 217, 231, 234, 249, 251, 294, 296, 306, 334, 347, 350, 363, 375,
378, 403, 405, 413, 424, 447Last maintenance date · 43, 272, 275Last Maintenance date · 47Level · 313Levels 1_2_4 Total · 314Liabilities · 206Liability Cumulative · 207Liability Cumulative avg rate · 207Liquidity rank · 153, 156, 165, 168Liquidity value · 153, 158, 165, 170Literals Value · 24, 26Load Rates · 428Loan duration · 177Loans · 181, 210local CCY, percent of · 157, 169Local NPV · 300Long amount · 151, 163Long position amount (local currency) · 151, 163Long position avg. yield · 151, 163Long position avg. price · 151, 163Long position avg. yield · 157, 169Long quantity · 151, 163Lookup · 19, 70, 92
M
Macro name · 32Map Deal · 335, 380, 396, 415, 425, 448Mapping · 257Mapping Area Layout · 266Mapping Information Area Layout · 331, 386, 392, 407Market bid rate · 246Market offered rate · 247Market price (in % par) · 419Market value · 419Matched balance · 206Maturity · 53, 105, 118, 130, 142, 179, 208, 217, 231, 235, 250, 252, 275, 294, 296, 306, 334, 347, 350, 363,
375, 378, 403, 405, 413, 424, 447Maturity date · 67, 73, 82, 91, 105, 130, 142, 150, 162, 179, 208, 217, 232, 235, 250, 252, 282, 294, 296,
306, 334, 339, 347, 351, 354, 363, 366, 376, 379, 403, 405, 413, 418, 424, 431, 442, 447Maximum · 283
444 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Maximum value · 155, 167Merge styles · 19Mid · 49Minimum risk weight · 283Minimum timer (in sec.) · 19Minimum value · 155, 167Model · 383, 389Modified duration · 153, 157, 165, 169, 435Money market · 263Mty · 196, 197, 427MTY · 284Mult./Div. · 106, 120, 154, 166, 221, 237, 297
N
Navigator · 14, 19Navigator Area Layout · 29Navigator Category · 29NDF position calc. · 224Net · 300, 314Net Avg. Gap Outstanding · 247Net cash flow · 103, 114, 128, 139, 185, 194, 215, 292, 304Net change · 248, 327Next Call Date · 150, 162Next Put Date · 150, 163Notional amount · 176, 177, 322, 332, 344, 360, 372, 418, 422Notional Amount · 339, 355, 367NPV · 300, 309, 345, 361, 373, 441NPV deposits · 177NPV in local currency · 103, 114, 292, 345, 361, 373NPV in source currency · 194NPV loans · 176NPV net cash flow · 103, 194NPV of cash flow · 114, 215NPV of net cash flow · 292, 304NPV open · 178NPV/Sensitivity · 309Number of columns · 311Number of customers · 279Number of issues · 149, 157, 161, 169
O
Offer · 49Offer Yield Curve Area Layout · 251Offset · 188, 229Open position amount · 151, 164Open position amount (local currency) · 152, 164Open position amount local CCY · 157, 169Open position avg. price · 152, 164Open position avg. yield · 152, 164Open position avg. yield · 157, 169Open Position NRFF · 247Open position quantity · 151, 164
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 445
Opening Custom Workbooks · 8Operator · 69, 91OPICS Dictionary · 14OPICS Dictionary Area Layout · 24OPICS mty · 267OPICS SYST · 268Option type · 68, 75, 83, 394Options · 263, 396, 451OPXArea · 21OPXButtonBar · 21OPXHeadingArea · 21OPXHeadingRange · 21OPXHeadingWorkbook · 21OPXInDate · 21OPXInFmat1-68 · 21OPXInText · 21OPXInTextWrap · 21OPXInTime · 23OPXLiteralCenter · 22OPXLiteralCenterWrap · 23OPXLiteralDateLeft · 22OPXLiteralLeft · 22OPXLiteralLeftWrap · 22OPXLiteralRight · 22OPXLiteralRightWrap · 23OPXOutDate · 22OPXOutFmat1-68 · 22OPXOutText · 22OPXOutTextWrap · 22OPXOutTime · 23OPXProtected · 22Or · 70, 92OTC Barrier Options Pricer · 381OTC Barrier Options Pricer Area Layout · 393OTC Bond Option Pricer · 381OTC Bond Option Pricer Area Layout · 388OTC Currency Option Pricer · 381OTC Currency Option Pricer Area Layout · 382Other · 264Outstanding Gap at month end · 248Override · 323
P
P/L · 241Paper size (default) · 19Par rate · 232, 235Par Rate · 348, 351, 364, 376, 379Par value · 442, 444Paste value · 70, 92Pay cycle · 339Pay/receive · 343, 359, 371Pay/refix freq · 432Pay/reset cycle · 354, 366Payment amount · 73, 345, 361, 373
446 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Payment date · 72, 345, 361, 373, 439Payment day · 340Payments · 103, 109, 113, 116, 135, 146, 191, 194, 201, 215, 254, 300, 304, 309percent of equivalent exposure · 285Points · 191, 242Points Area Layout · 186, 227Points/DDE · 197Portfolio · 66, 73, 81, 109, 115, 134, 145, 181, 190, 200, 210, 219, 241, 254, 299, 308, 358, 370Position · 241Prem % · 385, 391Premium · 385, 391Premium (in points) · 395Price · 319, 323, 434Price (in % par) · 422Price (in CCY) · 423Price no. dec · 443, 445Price rounding rule · 443, 445Price/DDE · 106, 120, 132, 154, 166, 189, 198, 221, 237, 297, 327Pricer · 397Pricer - Euro Strip · 317Pricer - Euro Strip Area Layout · 318Pricer - Yield Curve · 317Pricer - Yield Curve Area Layout · 328Pricer Area Layout · 398, 416, 426Primary yield curve · 45Prin CCY · 431Principal · 385, 391Principal amount · 439Principal pay amount · 440Print · 123Probability of breaching barrier · 394Proceeds · 436Processing results · 451Product · 109, 115, 135, 146, 181, 191, 201, 210, 220, 241, 254, 300, 309, 331, 386, 392Product code · 65, 80, 90, 282, 322, 420Product type · 65, 80, 90, 109, 116, 135, 146, 181, 191, 201, 210, 220, 241, 254, 282, 300, 309, 322, 331,
386, 392Product Type · 420Protection · 19Purchase/sale · 386, 392, 418Purchase/Sale · 407Put date · 440, 443, 445Put price · 440, 443, 445PV 1 basis pt. sensitivity · 128, 139PVBP · 132, 153, 165, 436PVBP local CCY · 153, 158, 165, 170
Q
QSQL Screen Layout · 71, 93Quantity · 434, 437Quote type · 52, 100, 104, 112, 118, 126, 130, 137, 141, 173, 179, 183, 184, 187, 204, 208, 213, 216, 228,
229, 231, 234, 288, 289, 293, 295, 302, 306, 329, 333, 339, 347, 350, 356, 363, 368, 375, 378, 399, 400, 402, 404, 410, 412, 419, 424, 435, 447
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 447
R
Range name · 95Rate · 181, 197, 211, 321, 323, 330, 385, 427, 428Rate code · 68, 74, 83, 322, 332, 340, 345, 356, 361, 368, 373, 420, 431Rate no. dec. · 444, 446Rate refix date · 344, 360, 372, 438Rate revision day · 340, 419Rate rounding rule · 444, 445Rate type · 232, 235, 348, 351, 364, 376, 379Rate/price/DDE · 197, 428Rates · 122Rates Area Layout · 198Rates Area Layout · 106, 119, 154, 166, 189, 221, 237, 297, 387, 406, 414Rates Through Points · 397Rates Through Points Area Layout · 409Rates Through Pts. · 415Rating agency · 88, 443Rating agency 1 · 149, 161, 279Rating agency 2 · 149, 161, 279Rating CCY · 89Rating term · 89Rebate · 395Recalculate · 147, 335, 415Receipts · 103, 109, 113, 116, 135, 146, 191, 194, 201, 215, 254, 300, 304, 309Redemption amount · 442, 444Reference Data · 448Reference Data Area Layout · 441Refresh cash flow · 102, 128, 139, 149, 161, 175, 183, 193, 205, 214, 223, 245, 259, 278, 290, 303Refresh sett. flow · 113Regenerate Curve · 231, 235, 347, 350, 363, 375, 378Remaining Life · 152, 165Report CCY · 184, 278Report heading · 311Report name · 311Repos · 263Reset cycle · 340, 419Revalue · 380, 425Rho · 390Rho (domestic) · 385Rho (foreign) · 385Risk adjusted flow · 185Risk weighted exposure · 280Risk weighting · 279Run Analysis · 122Run Query · 96
S
Save · 96Saving a Custom Workbook · 8Scenario id · 43, 46Scenario/curve id · 53Schedules Area Layout · 343, 359, 371, 421, 437Sec id · 66, 73, 81, 254
448 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Security · 4Security id · 109, 132, 135, 146, 150, 162, 181, 201, 210, 220, 300, 309, 391, 429, 441Security Id · 116Security id/Account no · 282Select Flows · 122Selection · 96Sensitivity · 176, 177, 304, 309Sensitivity of net cash flows · 292Sensitivity of NPV in local currency · 292Sensitivity of NPV of cash flows · 292Sensitivity to 1% rate change · 247Sett. Account · 116Sett. flow file name · 112Sett. Means · 116Settings · 14, 61Settings Area Layout · 18, 76Settle date · 67, 82Settlement account · 81Settlement date · 74, 383, 389, 430Settlement flow file name · 79Settlement Flow Selection Area Layout · 79Settlement means · 81Sheet name · 30Shift Scenarios · 41Shift seq · 46, 49, 52, 100, 104, 111, 126, 130, 137, 141, 173, 179, 183, 184, 186, 187, 204, 208, 213, 216,
228, 231, 234, 244, 251, 288, 289, 293, 295, 302, 305, 329, 333, 339, 346, 350, 355, 362, 367, 374, 378, 399, 400, 402, 404, 410, 412, 419, 423, 434, 447
Shift seq. · 118, 249Shift type · 46, 50, 52Shift vectors · 43Short amount · 151, 163Short position amount (local currency) · 151, 163Short position avg. price · 151, 163Short position avg. yield · 151, 163Short position avg. yield · 157, 169Short quantity · 151, 163SIC · 88, 281, 284SIC of issuer · 150, 156, 162, 168Signing Off Analytics · 11Simple yield · 436Simulated Flows · 95Simulated Flows Area Layout · 71Solve for · 338, 354Source rate CCY · 193Source rates · 196Spot · 325, 384, 387, 394, 406, 414Spot date · 53, 102, 113, 128, 139, 175, 193, 205, 214, 224, 245, 290, 303Spot days · 105, 118, 130, 142, 179, 208, 217, 231, 234, 250, 252, 294, 296, 306, 334, 347, 350, 363, 375,
378, 403, 405, 413, 424, 447Spot rate · 345, 361, 373, 408Spot risk · 185Spot terms · 345, 361, 373Spot/Fwd. points · 188, 229, 401, 408, 411Spread · 206, 232, 235, 345, 348, 351, 361, 364, 373, 376, 379Spread rate · 342, 356, 368, 432, 439Stack equivalent · 140
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 449
Standard Interest Rate Swap · 336Standard Interest Rate Swap Area Layout · 353Standard Workbook Sections · 5Start · 320, 330Start date · 90, 120, 238, 282, 320, 322, 325, 326, 332, 338, 354, 366, 417, 422Start Tenor · 320Status · 32Strike · 384, 394Strike price · 390Strike rate · 422Strip bucketing · 139Strip equivalent · 140Stub rate · 326Style · 383, 389Styles · 14Styles Area Layout · 20Summarize by · 155, 167, 283Summarize by column heading · 284Summary Area Layout · 155, 167, 283Swap type · 358, 370Swap value · 338, 354, 366Swaps · 263Systemname · 34
T
Tenor · 102, 108, 113, 128, 134, 176, 180, 185, 187, 190, 194, 200, 205, 210, 215, 219, 224, 229, 240, 246, 253, 263, 291, 299, 304, 308, 319, 329, 400, 411
Tenor addition · 121, 239Tenor date · 53, 102, 108, 113, 128, 134, 176, 180, 185, 187, 190, 194, 200, 206, 210, 215, 219, 224, 229,
240, 246, 253, 263, 291, 299, 304, 308, 400, 411Tenor day · 121, 239Tenor display · 121, 239Tenor interval · 121, 239Tenor Ladder · 122, 242Tenor shift · 304Tenors · 43Term · 319, 320, 330Term/End date · 121, 238Terms · 184, 187, 189, 196, 198, 229, 342, 370, 387, 400, 406, 410, 414Text Box · 9Theta · 384, 390Tick size · 324Tick value · 144, 325Time · 50Timers · 14Timers Area Layout · 31To Recalculate Broken Dated FRA Rates · 335To Recalculate FRA Rates · 335To Recalculate Futures Dated FRA Rates · 335Total liquidity rank · 158, 170Total Position NRFF · 247Total sensitivity · 129, 140Totals · 102, 175, 194, 215, 246, 263, 264, 291, 303Trade date · 319, 329, 430
450 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics
Trader · 66, 73, 80, 109, 115, 135, 145, 181, 190, 200, 210, 220, 241, 254, 300, 309Type · 422
U
Uncorrelated Risk Confidence interval · 261Uncorrelated Risk VaR term · 261Undo paste · 70, 92Unhedged CCY position · 185Unrealized Gain/Loss · 152, 164Unrealized Gain/Loss (local currency) · 152, 157, 165, 169User id · 451Userid · 33
V
Value · 380, 425, 437, 448Value date · 66, 73, 82, 389, 408, 431, 442Values · 70, 92Values between · 156, 168, 284VaR dataset name · 260, 262, 270, 272, 274Vega · 384, 390Version · 34Volatility · 383, 389, 394, 417, 422Volatility File path/name · 271, 272, 274
W
Workbook · 30Workbook name · 30, 32Workbook Objects · 8Working in Multiple Workbooks · 8Worksheet name · 32
Y
YCIQ Area Layout · 51YCPX Area Layout · 48YCSM Area Layout · 45YCSS Area Layout · 42Yield · 434Yield calc. date · 175Yield curve · 54Yield curve · 302, 339, 355, 367Yield Curve · 122Yield Curve - Pay Leg Area Layout · 346, 374Yield Curve - Receive Leg Area Layout · 349, 377Yield Curve Area Layout · 104, 117, 129, 141, 178, 207, 216, 293, 305, 333, 362, 412, 423, 446Yield curve CCY · 101, 112, 127, 138, 174, 204, 214, 244, 289, 302Yield curve id · 49, 52, 100, 104, 111, 117, 126, 130, 137, 141, 173, 178, 183, 184, 186, 187, 203, 208, 213,
216, 227, 228, 230, 234, 244, 249, 251, 288, 293, 295, 305, 328, 333, 346, 349, 362, 374, 377, 399, 402, 404, 410, 412, 418, 423, 434, 447
Yield Curve Inquiry · 41
Analytics Chapter 1 Introduction 451
Yield Curve Pay · 380Yield Curve Rec. · 380Yield curve sensitivity · 248Yield to call · 436Yield to maturity · 435Yield to put · 436
Z
Zero coupon · 119Zero coupon rate · 53, 105, 131, 142, 179, 209, 217, 250, 252, 294, 296, 306, 334, 403, 405, 413, 424, 447Zero coupon_01 · 105, 119, 131, 142, 180, 209, 217, 250, 252, 294, 296, 306, 334, 403, 405, 413, 424, 448
452 Chapter 1 Introduction Analytics